Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan 2031

GovernmentofRajasthan
GREATERBHIWADIMASTERPLAN2031
TOWNPLANNINGDEPARTMENT,RAJASTHAN
PLANNINGTEAM
Sh.H.S.Sancheti Sh.HemantMurdia Sh.SubhashSharma Sh.R.K.Vijayvargia Sh.S.L.Sethi ChiefTownPlanner(NCR) ChiefTownPlanner(NCR)till31.10.2009 DeputyTownPlanner(NCR) Deputy Town Planner (NCR) till 04.01.2011 DeputyTownPlanner(NCR)tillNov.2009
CONSULTANTS
EgisIndiaConsultingEngineersPvt.Ltd. 12/6,SaffronSquare DelhiMathuraRoad FARIDABD121003 TeamLeader/UrbanPlanner UrbanPlanner/LanduseExpert Urban&RegionalPlanner TransportPlanner UrbanPlanner CADEngineer RukminiTowers #3/1,PlatformRoad R.V.ShettyLayout,Seshadripuram Bangalore560020 RegionalPlanner GISExpert LandSurveyingExpert
Dr.RamaSeshu Prof.J.H.Ansari Dr.SayeedAnjum K.J.V.RamanaRao Ms.UvikaGupta SureshChanderKashyap GroupeSCEIndiaPvt.Ltd.
S.Brinda DavidMoszkowicz Y.S.Uday
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031
FOREWORD
Greater Bhiwadi (BhiwadiTapookaraKhushkhera Complex), one of the priority towns identified in the Regional Plan2021 of National Capital Region, is located at the eastern boundary of Rajasthan in northeastern part of Alwar district. The complex is strategically situated at a distance of about 5 Km from NH8 connecting Bhiwadi with Delhi and Jaipur. Greater Bhiwadi Complex comprises of 99 revenue villages spreads over an area of about 250 Sq. Km. Bhiwadi, Tapookara, Chaupanki, Kahrani and Khushkhera are major industrial nodesintheComplex. Bhiwadi was a small rural settlement with a meagre population of 1624 persons in 1971. With the decision of Rajasthan Government to develop Bhiwadi as an industrial centre due to its proximity to Delhi and other locational advantages, Bhiwadi started developing as an industrial township and has successfully established itself on industrial map of the country. Fast growth of Bhiwadi brought a set of urban problems including lack of housing, particularly for industrial employees, and other infrastructure facilities and amenities. Bhiwadi,byvirtueofitslocationalongNH8andDelhiJaipurdevelopmentcorridorwhichis seen as a future megalopolis, has been identified as investment region of DelhiMumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) and made part of national level planning and development efforts. To realize the envisaged goal of making Greater Bhiwadi the gateway to industrialization in Rajasthan, it becomes imperative to make the city equally livable also, equippedwithstateoftheartresidential,recreationalandbusinessenvironment. The MasterPlan2031 for Greater Bhiwadi Complex has been prepared to meet the existing challenges in terms of fast growth and gaps in infrastructure facilities on one hand, and aspirations of various stakeholders, competitive future in terms of attractiveness for investment in view of the fast changing urban landscape within and its surroundings at regional level. Therefore, the Master Plan has been envisaged to be a catalyst to help achievethesetgoals. I take this opportunity, on behalf of planning team, to express my gratitude to Sh. Shanti Kumar Dhariwal, Honable Minister, Home, Law & Justice, Parliamentary Affairs, Urban Development, Housing and Local Self Government, Rajasthan, Sh. G. S. Sandhu, Principal Secretary, Department of Urban Development, Housing and Local Self Government, Rajasthan, Sh. Kunji Lal Meena, Former District Collector and Chairman, UIT, Bhiwadi, Sh. Ashutosh Pednekar, District Collector and Chairman, UIT, Bhiwadi, for their constant
| FOREWORD ii
support, guidance and valuable suggestions without which it would have not been possible to complete the task of preparationof Master Plan. My special thanks to Sh. DeepakNandi, Secretary, UIT, Bhiwadi for his valuable suggestions and cooperation at all levels which has resultedintimelycompletionoftheMasterPlan. I am highly thankful to Sh. R. K. Sharma, Retd. CTP, Govt. of Rajasthan, Sh. D. S. Meshram, Retd. Chief Planner, TCPO, Govt. of India, Sh. A. M. Purohit, Retd. Chief Engineer, Rajasthan HousingBoardandSh.J.N.Burman,JointDirector,NCRPlanningBoardwhoasmembersof the Hearing Committee made significant contribution through giving patient hearing to everypersonwhohadsubmittedobjection/suggestiononDraftMasterPlan. I am, particularly indebted to Sh. Hemant Murdia, Retd. CTP (NCR), Sh. Pradeep Kumar Pandey, Retd. CTP, Government of Rajasthan, for their sincere efforts throughout the exercise of Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan 2031 preparation. I wish to record my special thanks to Sh. R. K. Vijayvargia, DTP, Sh. Subhash Sharma, DTP, NCR and Sh. S. L. Sethi Ex DTP,(NCR)alongwiththeirteam,fortheirrelentlesseffortstomaketheventuresuccessful. I also wish to extend our sincere thanks to all the Government Officials at Bhiwadi, Tijara, Kotkasim, Alwar and Jaipur, particularly from UIT, RIICO, RHB, JVVNL who provided with various data/documents. Our special thanks are also for ADM and BDO of Tijara and KotkasimTehsilsfortheirkeeninterestandproactiveparticipationandhelpextendedtothe Consultants. My sinceregratitude to all officials of NCR Planning Board, New Delhi for constant guidance andhelpforfinalizationofMasterPlanofGreaterBhiwadi. Development of any city depends on the expectations and aspirations of its residents. Any plan which is being prepared for the benefit of the general public cannot be completed and implemented without their cooperation. I would like to thank the citizens of Greater BhiwadifortheirvaluableobjectionsandsuggestiontowardsfinalizationoftheDraftMaster Plan. (H.S.Sancheti) ChiefTownPlanner(NCR) Rajasthan,Jaipur
| FOREWORD iii
TABLEOFCONTENTS
PlanningTeam.................................................................................................................................i Foreword.........................................................................................................................................ii TableofContents...........................................iv ListofTables.............................................ix ListofFigures..............................................x
CHAPTER
CONTENTS
PAGENO.
10
11 12 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 110 110
1.INTRODUCTION 1.1 BACKGROUND 1.2 NEEDFORTHEMASTERPLAN 1.3 OBJECTIVESOFTHEMASTERPLAN 1.4 REGIONALPLAN2021(NATIONALCAPITALREGION) 1.4.1 AimsandObjectivesofNCRRegionalPlan2021 1.4.2 PoliciesforFutureDevelopment:RegionalPlan2021 1.4.3 StrategiesforDevelopmentofSettlementSystem 1.4.4 ProposedHierarchyofSettlement 1.4.5 Activity Specific Policy Issues and Development StrategyinRegionalPlan2021 1.5 OUTLINEOFTHEMASTERPLAN 1.6 DRAWINGSOFMASTERPLAN
2.DEMOGRAPHY
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5 GREATERBHIWADIPLANNINGAREA POPULATIONSIZEANDDISTRIBUTION POPULATIONGROWTHTRENDS POPULATIONDENSITY SEXRATIO LITERACYRATE SOCIALCOMPOSITION INTRODUCTION SHAREOFSECONDARYSECTORINTHEECONOMY ECONOMICBASE INDUSTRIES
5
21 21 22 22 24 24 25
3.ECONOMY
18
31 31 32 34 34 34 35 36 37 39 39 310 310 311 311
RoleofIndustrialSector DistributionofIndustries RIICOIndustrialAreas 3.4.3.1 IndustrialAreas 3.4.3.2 TypeofIndustries 3.4.3.3 IndustrialEmployment IndustriesoutsideOrganisedIndustrialAreas IndustrialInfrastructure 3.4.5.1 PhysicalInfrastructure 3.4.5.2 OtherSupportIndustrialInfrastructure 3.4.5.3 InfrastructureforIndustrialEmployees
iv
PlannedIndustrialProjects AGRICULTUREANDALLIEDACTIVITIES Introduction LandUtilisationPattern CroppingPattern IrrigationFacilities TRADEANDCOMMERCE Introduction OrganizedandPlannedCommercialCentres UnorganizedShoppingStreets FruitandVegetableMarket HierarchyofCommercialCentres Basic and Nonbasic Functions of Commercial Centres 3.6.7 CommercialInfrastructure 3.6.8 Informal/UnorganizedSector 3.6.9 OtherTertiarySectorServices 4.BIOPHYSICALENVIRONMENT 4.1 ENVIORNMENTALRESOURCES 4.1.1 Geology 4.1.2 ClimateandRainfall 4.1.3 Soil 4.1.4 WaterResources 4.2 PHYSIOGRAPHYANDRELIEF 4.3 NATURALFEATURES 5.DEVELOPMENTPERSPECTIVESANDDESIGNCONCEPTCITY A. PHYSICALINFRASTRUCTURE 5.1 WATERSUPPLY 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 WaterSupplyinBhiwadiTown 5.1.2.1 SourceofWaterSupply 5.1.2.2 QuantumofWaterSupply 5.1.2.3 TransmissionandDistributionSystem 5.1.2.4 ConsumerConnections 5.1.2.5 WaterTariff 5.1.3 RuralWaterSupply 5.1.4 IndustrialWaterSupply 5.1.4.1 Existing Infrastructure for Industrial WaterSupply 5.1.5 ProposedProjects 5.1.6 DemandforWater 5.2 DOMESTICSEWERAGE 5.2.1 SewerageNetworkandCoverage 5.2.2 QuantityofSewageGenerated 5.2.3 SewageTreatmentFacilities 5.2.4 DisposalOutlets
3.5 3.6
3.4.6 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.6.4 3.6.5 3.6.6
312 312 312 312 314 314 314 314 315 315 316 316 317 318 318 318
09
41 41 41 41 43 46 49
38
51 51 51 51 52 52 52 52 53 53 55 55 56 57 57 57 58 58
OngoingandProjectsinPipeline FutureDemand INDUSTRIALEFFLUENT ExistingStatus OngoingandPlannedProjects FutureGenerationofIndustrialEffluent SANITATION DRAINAGE SOLIDWASTEMANAGEMENT 5.6.1 ExistingSystem 5.6.2 FutureWasteGenerationandManagement ROADSANDTRANSPORTATION 5.7.1 RegionalLinkages 5.7.2 HierarchyofNetwork 5.7.3 RoadCrossSectionalElements 5.7.4 TrafficCharacteristics 5.7.5 InteractionbetweenVariousZones 5.7.6 Transport Infrastructure in Greater Bhiwadi Complex 5.8 POWERSUPPLY B. SOCIALINFRASTRUCTURE 5.9 HOUSING 5.9.1 Introduction 5.9.2 HousingStock 5.9.3 QualityofHousingStructure 5.9.4 HousingSuppliers 5.9.5 HousingforPoor 5.9.6 ProposedHousingProjects 5.9.7 PresentandFutureHousingNeed 5.10 EDUCATION 5.10.1 Introduction 5.10.2 HierarchyofEducationalInstitutes 5.10.3 PrivateEducationalInstitutes 5.10.4 HigherEducation 5.10.5 SpatialDistributionofEducationalFacilities 5.10.6 DemandofEducationalFacilities 5.11 HEALTH 5.12 RECREATIONALFACILITIES 5.13 OTHERCOMMUNITYFACILITIES 5.13.1 PoliceStation 5.13.2 FireStation 5.13.3 SocioCulturalandReligiousCentre 5.13.4 CommunicationFacilities 5.13.5 FutureDemandofOtherCommunityFacilities 6.EXISTINGLANDUSE 6.1 EXISTING LANDUSE DISTRIBUTION IN GREATER
5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7
5.2.5 5.2.6 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3
58 58 59 59 59 59 510 510 511 511 512 512 512 512 513 514 523 526 526 527 527 527 528 528 530 531 532 532 532 532 533 534 534 534 535 535 536 536 537 537 538 538
05
61
vi
BHIWADICOMPLEX 6.2 RESIDENTIALDEVELOPMENT 6.3 COMMERCIALAREADEVELOPMENT 6.4 INDUSTRIALAREA 6.5 PUBLICSEMIPUBLIC 6.6 RECREATIONAL 6.7 ROADSANDTRANSPORTATION 6.8 AGRICULTURE 6.9 WATERBODIES 610 NATURALAREAS 611 VACANTLAND 612 STATUS OF DEVELOPMENT PROPOSED IN MASTERPLAN2011 7.DEVELOPMENTPERSPECTIVESANDDESIGNCONCEPTCITY
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 7.3.1 7.3.2 7.4.1 7.4.2 7.5.1 7.5.2 7.5.3 7.5.4 7.5.5 7.5.6 7.5.7 7.5.8 9.2.1 9.3.1 9.4.1 9.5.1 DEVELOPMENTPERSPECTIVE PLANNINGIMPERATIVES VISION Strength Weakness PLANNINGANDDESIGNCONCEPT StatementofIntent DesignConcept THEPLANSTRUCTURE ResidentialandMixedUse Commercial IndustrialAreaandCorporatePark RecreationalZone PublicandSemiPublicUse Transportation EcologicalConservationZone PeripheralControlBelt1375ha POPULATIONPROJECTION PROPOSEDOCCUPATIONALSTRUCTURE NOTIFIEDAREA URBANISEDAREA2009 URBANISABLEAREA2031 PLANNINGZONES DESIGNPOPULATION LANDUSEDISTRIBUTION HierarchicalLandUseAllocation RESIDENTIALAREADEVELOPMENT HierarchicalDevelopmentofResidentialAreas COMMERCIALAREADEVELOPMENT DailyHawkingandWeeklyMarkets INDUSTRIALAREADEVELOPMENT IndustrialInfrastructure
62 63 63 63 64 64 64 64 64 65 65
11
71 71 72 73 73 74 74 75 76 77 77 78 78 79 79 711 711
8.VIABLESIZEOFTHECITY
7
81 82 83 83 83 84
9.LANDUSEPLAN
17
91 91 91 96 97 97 97 99 99
vii
4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 8.1
GroundwaterPotential GroundwaterStatus ReliefandDrainage RelativeRelief BhiwadiModePeakHourTrafficFlowPattern SamtalChowkPeakHourTrafficFlowPattern PhoolBaghChowkpeakhourtrafficflowpattern DesirelineDiagramforTotalPassengerTrips DesireLineDiagramforWorkTrips DesireLineDiagramforEducationalTrips DesireLineDiagramforOtherPurposeTrips DesireLineDiagramforGoodsVehicularTrips PopulationProjection
44 45 47 48 519 520 521 523 524 524 525 525 82
xi
9.5.2 GreaterBhiwadiCorporatePark 9.6 RECREATIONALAREADEVELOPMENT 9.7 DEVELOPMENTOFPUBLICANDSEMIPUBLICAREAS 9.7.1 SocialInfrastructureandUtilities 9.8 PUBLICUTILITIES 9.9 DEVELOPMENTOFTRANSPORTRELATEDUSEAREAS 9.9.1 ProposedRegionalLinkages 9.9.2 ParkingProposals 10.DEVELOPMENTPOLICYANDPLANIMPLEMENTATION 10.1 DEVELOPMENTPOLICY 10.1.1 General 10.1.2 MixedUse 10.1.3 Residential 10.1.4 VillageAbadiArea 10.1.5 Commercial 10.1.6 Industrial 10.1.7 Water 10.1.8 Sewerage 10.1.9 Drainage 10.1.10 SolidWasteManagement 10.1.11 PublicSemiPublic 10.1.12 Power 10.1.13 RoadsandTransportation 10.1.14 EnvironmentandRecreation 10.1.15 Specialuses 10.1.16 PeripheralControlBelt 10.1.17 EcologicalConservationZone 10.2 PLANIMPLEMENTATION 10.2.1 ExistingFramework 10.2.2 FutureOptions 10.2.3 PublicCooperationandParticipation 10.2.4 Conclusion 11.DEVELOPMENTPROMOTIONANDCONTROLREGULATIONS 11.1 INTRODUCTION 11.2 THETITLEANDEXTENT 11.3 DEFINITIONS 11.4 SANCTIONOFPLANS 11.5 DESIGNATEDUSEZONES 11.6 LOCATIONANDBOUNDARIESOFUSEZONES 11.7 LOCATIONANDBOUNDARIESOFUSEPREMISES 11.8 SUBDIVISIONOFUSEZONESINUSEPREMISES 11.9 PERMISSIONOFUSEPREMISESINUSEZONE 11.10 PERMITTEDANDPERMISSIBLEUSEPREMISESIN
910 910 911 911 912 914 915 916
17
101 101 101 102 103 104 104 105 107 107 108 109 1010 1010 1013 1014 1014 1015 1015 1015 1016 1017 1017
62
111 111 111 112 112 113 113 113 113 114 114 119 1113
VARIOUSUSEZONES
11.10.1(A) PermittedUsePremisesinResidentialUseZones 11.10.1(B) PermissibleUsePremisesInResidentialUseZones 11.10.1(C) Permissible and non permissible uses in High Density
viii
11.10.2(A) 11.10.2(B) 11.10.3(A) 11.10.3(B) 11.10.4 11.10.5 11.10.6 11.10.7 11.10.7(A) 11.10.7(B) 11.10.7(C) 11.10.7(D) 11.10.8 11.10.9
MixedUse PermittedUsePremisesinCommercialUseZone PermissibleUsePremisesinCommercialUseZone PermittedUsePremisesinIndustrialUseZone PermissibleUsePremisesinIndustrialUseZone Permitted Use Premises in PublicSemi Public Use Zone PermittedUsePremisesinRecreationalUseZone PermittedUsePremisesinTransportation
1116 1121 1124 1128 1131 1144 1149 1157 1157 1157 1157 1158 1159 1159
PermittedUsePremisesinSpecialUseZone CorporatePark ProtectedForest NaturalConservationArea

Permitted Use Premises In Ecological Conservation Zone TransitOrientedDevelopment(TOD) Permitted Use Premises In Rural Area (Peripheral ControlBelt)
ListofTables
1.1 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 4.1 4.2 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 ProposedSixTierHierarchyofSettlement SizedistributionofpopulationinGreaterBhiwadi PopulationGrowthTrendinGreaterBhiwadi Population Density in State, District and Greater Bhiwadi Complex Area ChangeinPopulationDensityandhouseholdsizeoverdecades YearwiseSexRatioinGreaterBhiwadiComplex Literacy Rate in State, District and Greater Bhiwadi Complex in 2001 YearwiseMaleFemaleliteracyrateinGreaterBhiwadiComplex WorkersClassification OccupationalStructure DistributionofSmall,MediumandLargeIndustries GrowthofIndustriesinGreaterBhiwadiComplex Status of Development of various Industrial Areas in Greater Bhiwadi,2009 DetailsoftheUnitsinIndustrialAreas TypesofIndustries Numberofemployeesineachoftheindustrialarea StatusofPhysicalInfrastructureinIndustrialAreas,2009 LandUtilizationPatterninGreaterBhiwadiComplex(20072008) IrrigatedAreainGreaterBhiwadi,200708 CommercialAreasinGreaterBhiwadi,2009 Groundwaterlevelinlast5years AreaunderForest WatercollectionchargesbyUIT TypeofDrinkingWaterSupplyScheme ExistingIndustrialWaterSupplyInfrastructure(2009) DetailsofproposedwatersupplyprojectsofRIICO,2009 ExistingRoadHierarchy 16 21 22 23 23 24 24 25 32 33 35 36 36 37 38 39 310 313 314 317 45 49 52 53 55 56 512
ix
5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 5.14 5.15 5.16 5.17 5.18 5.19 5.20 5.21 5.22 5.23 5.24 5.25 6.1 6.2 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5
SummaryofRoadInventorycarriedoutonMajorRoadsofGreater BhiwadiComplex SummaryofVolumeCountonvariouslocationsofInnerCordon Traffic Volume and level of service at various innercordon locations SummaryofVolumeCountonvariouslocationsofOuterCordon Traffic Volume and level of service at various outercordon locations TrafficVolumeatIntersections
513 514 515 516 517 518 518 521 522 522 526 527 529 529 530 531 531 533 537 538 61 62 81 82 83 84 91 93 94 95 99
CompositionofTrafficatIntersections VehicleOwnership Distributionoftripsaccordingtopurpose Distributionoftripsaccordingtomodalchoice

ExistingElectricSubstationsinGreaterBhiwadi,2009 ProposedElectricSubStations StatusofhousesbuiltbyRHBtillMarch2009 ResidentialcoloniesdevelopedbyUIT HousingforPoor ProposedHousingSchemesbyUIT ProposedResidentialSchemesbyHousingBoard Status of Secondary Schools with respect of feeder elementary schools Firestationanditsinfrastructure BSNLTelephoneExchanges ExistinglanduseinGreaterBhiwadi,2009 Density Wise Distribution of Residential Area in Greater Bhiwadi Complex PopulationProjection ProposedOccupationalStructure2031 Landrequiredfor2031 PlanningZones2031 Matrix for Proposed Facilities and Area at City Level (for a populationof15lakhin2031) Matrix for required facilities at Community Level for a population of100,000 Matrix for required facilities at Sector Level for a population of 15,000 ProposedLanduseDistributioninGreaterBhiwadi Different types of proposed wholesale markets, freight complex and activities inside IFC in Greater Bhiwadi Complex would be as under: Proposedhierarchyofroads ParkingAllowancesonRoadswithintheResidentialAreas HierarchyofCommercialAreas Proposedhierarchyofroads
9.6 9.7 10.1 10.2 1.1 1.2 4.1
916 917 104 1011 13 17 42
Listof Figures
NCRRegionalLanduse NCRProposedSettlementPattern Soil
Chapter 1
INTRODUCTION

1.INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND Greater Bhiwadi (BhiwadiTapookaraKhushkhera Complex), is a fast developing industrialtownshiplocatedatthenortheasternboundaryofRajasthaninnortheastern partofAlwardistrict.Bhiwadiissituatedatadistanceof5KmfromDharuheraonNH8. TheNCRRegionalPlan2021hasproposedBhiwaditobedevelopedasamajorRegional Centre. Greater Bhiwadi Complex is comprised of 99 revenue villages with an area of about 250 Sq. Km. Bhiwadi, Tapookara, Khushkhera and Chaupanki are major industrial nodes in the complex hence are relatively developed. Bhiwadi, the only town had been notified as census town in 1991 and was recognised under ClassIII category in 2001. The Greater Bhiwadi Complex is spread over both sides of the BhiwadiAlwar road. BhiwadilocatedonnorthernmostpartofGreaterBhiwadicomplexis55Kmawayfrom the Indira Gandhi International Airport, 200 Km from State Capital Jaipur, 90 Km from Alwar,40KmfromGurgaon,and60KmfromFaridabad. Bhiwadi was a small rural settlement with a meagre population of 1624 persons in 1971. With the decision of Rajasthan Government to develop Bhiwadi as an industrial centre, due to its proximity to Delhi and other locational advantages, Bhiwadi started developing as an industrial township and registered its presence on the industrial map of the country. Rajasthan State Industrial Development and Investment Corporation (RIICO), since 1975, has been instrumental in the development of Bhiwadi as its preferred Industrial Area. Bhiwadi had grown to a size of 15000 population in 1991 when for the first time it was declared a Census Town which further grown to a size of 33877in2001. In view of the approaching terminal year of existing Master Plan, geographical growth of Bhiwadi beyond urbanisable limit, RIICO led fast expansion of industrial base and identification of Greater Bhiwadi Complex as Regional Centre in the Regional Plan of NCR, State Government decided to extend the urban area limit to include notified 99 revenue villages and prepare Master Plan for the horizon year 2021, coterminous to NCRRegionalPlan.ButonrequestofNCRPB,thehorizonhasbeenextendedto2031as SubregionalPlanforRajasthanSubregionisalsoisbeingpreparedfor2031.
| INTRODUCTION
11
Therefore,withaviewtoimprovethequalityoflifeofresidentsofBhiwadiTapookara Khushkhera (Greater Bhiwadi) Complex in Alwar District (Rajasthan Sub Region of National Capital Region), the Office of Chief Town Planner (NCR), Government of Rajasthan intended to prepare the Master Plan for the same and appointed M/s Egis India Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. (Formerly BCEOM India Pvt. Ltd.), Faridabad, in Joint Venture with Groupe SCE India Pvt. Limited, Bangalore for the Preparation of MasterPlanforBhiwadiTapookaraKhushkhera(GreaterBhiwadi)Complex. 1.2 NEEDFORTHEMASTERPLAN As mentioned earlier, the need for the preparation of Master Plan for Greater Bhiwadi Complex is twofold. One, preparation of master plan for all identified priority towns/regional centres stipulated in the NCR Regional Plan as part of the responsibility of the State Government/NCR Cell (as mentioned in Section 19.2 (i) Management Structure). Two, the critical stage of development, the Greater Bhiwadi Complex has attained, called for immediate attention in terms of guided and controlled development. Hence, the Master Plan has been prepared in the light of NCR Regional PlanaspertheRajasthanUrbanImprovementAct,1959. Three of the eleven Regional Centres/Priority Towns fall under the Rajasthan Sub Region of NCR. NCR Plan2021 envisaged developing these Regional Centres for advanced industrial, economic and commercial purposes, along with a high concentration of administrative and higherorder service functions. This would enable the regional Centres/Priority Towns to exert a dynamic influence on attraction of investment and to bring about highstandards of living and working environment. In order to realize the objectives of NCR Plan 2021, it is imperative to have a Master Plan inplace,toguideandacceleratethedevelopmentoftheidentifiedPriorityTowns. 1.3 OBJECTIVESOFTHEMASTERPLAN ThemainobjectivesoftheGreaterBhiwadiMasterPlanareasfollows: ToprepareaMasterPlanforthehorizonyear2031forensuringgoodquality oflifeoftheresidentsoftheBhiwadiTapookaraKhushkheraComplex; To capitalize upon the opportunities created by changes occurring in the globaleconomicsceneandintheNationalCapitalRegion; To make the area competitive for attracting investment by providing high qualityinfrastructure.
| INTRODUCTION
12
1.4 REGIONALPLAN2021(NATIONALCAPITALREGION) BhiwadiTapookaraKhushkhera Complex is one of the three identified Regional Centres/Priority Towns in Rajasthan SubRegion of NCR. Rajasthan Subregion comprises of Alwar district which has a share of 23.32% of the total area of NCR. Alwar and ShahjahanpurNeemranaBehror Complex are other two Regional Centres. Greater Bhiwadi Complex being an important Priority Town of the NCR and for reciprocal relationships, it is of utmost importance that the Master Plan for Greater Bhiwadi Complex is prepared dovetailing the development objectives, policies and strategies defined in the NCR Regional Plan 2021. Therefore, it is imperative to review the developmentpoliciesandstrategiesofNCRRegionalPlan2021.
Fig. 1.1.: NCR - REGIONAL LANDUSE
Greater Bhiwadi
| INTRODUCTION
13
1.4.1 AimsandObjectivesofNCRRegionalPlan2021 The aims and objectives of the Regional Plan 2021 actually flow from the Regional Plan 2001 and their effectuation. In view of the unprecedented growth of Delhi during the decades1970sand80s,theRegionalPlan2001,whichwasnotifiedinJanuary1989,laid downdevelopmentpoliciesaimedat: i) Relievingthecapitalcityfromadditionalpressures, ii) Avoidaddingnewpressuresonthecapital,and iii) Development of settlements in NCR to enable them to play their assigned roles. Thus, the objective of Regional Plan has been to achieve a balanced and harmonious development of the region, leading to dispersal of economic activities and deflecting future inmigrants to Delhi. In order to achieve these objectives, the Regional Plan proposed three policy zones namely NCT of Delhi, Delhi Metropolitan Area (DMA) excludingNCTDelhiandRestofNCR. Delhi, against the assigned population of 112 lakhs, actually grown to 138 lakhs (2001 Census), thereby overshooting even the estimated population of 132 lakhs. While, the second policy zone of DMA Towns could not attained the assigned population except Faridabad and GhaziabadLoni, the third policy zone comprising priority towns/complexesrecordedslowestgrowthrateshowingnoinducement. 1.4.2 PoliciesforFutureDevelopment:RegionalPlan2021 It is obvious from the above that the policy to contain the population of Delhi and deflecting population outside to NCR had met very little success. Also the induced growth envisaged for the priority towns in the Rest of NCR had not taken place. Accordingly, the policy of restricted growth of Delhi had been reviewed and the Regional Plan2021 proposed to harness the spread of the development impulse and agglomeration economies generated by Delhi for harmonized, balanced and environmentally sustainable spatioeconomic development of the NCR with effective cooperationoftheparticipatingStates. Therefore,theRegionalPlan2021aimstopromotegrowthandbalanceddevelopment oftheNationalCapitalRegionasperSection10,subsection(2)oftheAct,1985. Theaboveaimissoughttobeachievedthrough:
| INTRODUCTION
14
i) Providing suitable economic base for future growth by identification and development of regional settlements capable of absorbing the economic developmentimpulseofNCTDelhi. ii) To provide efficient and economic rail and road based transportation networks (including mass transport systems) well integrated with the landuse patterns, to support balanced regional development in such identifiedsettlements. iii) To minimize the adverse environmental impact that may occur in the processofdevelopmentoftheNationalCapitalRegion. iv) To develop selected urban settlements with urban infrastructural facilities such as transport, power, communication, drinking water, sewerage, drainageetc.comparablewithNCTDelhi. v) To provide a rational landuse pattern in order to protect and preserve good agriculturallandandutilizeproductivelandforurbanuses. vi) Topromotesustainabledevelopmentintheregiontoimprovequalityoflife. vii) To improve the efficiency of existing methods of resource mobilization and adoptinnovativemethodsofresourcemobilizationandfacilitate,attractand guideprivateinvestmentindesireddirection. Keeping the above objectives in view, the Regional Plan2021 has proposed the development of NCR through four policy zones namely (i) NCTDelhi, (ii) Central NationalCapitalRegion(CNCR),(iii)HighwayCorridorZoneand(iv)RestoftheNCR. In rest of the NCR, the basic policy of Regional Plan2001 for accelerated development of both urban and rural areas will continue. Infrastructure has to be substantially upgraded at local and regional level (both by State and Central Governments) in order to induce the growth in these areas, specifically in the identified settlements i.e. Metro CentresandRegionalCentres. 1.4.3 StrategiesforDevelopmentofSettlementSystem Strategies for Development of Settlement System would be to harness the growth impulse of Delhi and to integrate the urban and rural functions in the region. These would be attained by means of a more balanced and mutually reinforcing system of central places and bringing a series of necessary functions to the actual reach of the ruralpopulation.
| INTRODUCTION
15
1.4.4 ProposedHierarchyofSettlement Keepinginviewthechangingdemographicscenariooftheregionasixtierhierarchy,as against fourtier in Regional Plan2001, has been proposed in the Regional Plan2021 (Table1.1).
Table1.1:ProposedSixTierHierarchyofSettlement S.No. HierarchicalLevel 1. MetroCentre 2. RegionalCentre 3. SubregionalCentre 4. ServiceCentre 5. CentralVillage 6. BasicVillage PopulationRange 10lakhsandabove 3to10lakhs 0.5to3lakhs 10,000to50,000 5,000to10,000 Below5,000
Greater Bhiwadi Complex as Regional Centre: Greater Bhiwadi has been identified as one of the leading Regional Centre which would be a wellestablished urban centre in the region, marked by highly specialized secondary and tertiary sector activities and providing job opportunities, which normally cannot be performed by other lower order centres. The Regional Centre will be developed for advanced industrial and other economic activities and will have concentration of administrative and higher order service functions, which are expected to exert an increasingly dynamic influence on attractionofinvestmentandcreationofconducivelivingandworkingenvironment. Though the range of population assigned to Regional Centres is up to 10 lakhs, Greater Bhiwadi Complex has been planned for a design population of 15 lakhs due to the induced development strategy adopted in line with the development strategy of NCR RegionalPlan2021.
| INTRODUCTION
16
Fig.1.2: NCR - PROPOSED SETTLEMENT PATTERN
GREATER BHIWADI
1.4.5 ActivitySpecificPolicyIssuesandDevelopmentStrategyinRegionalPlan2021 A.Industrial The Regional Plan2021 recommends that while taking stringent measures in NCTDelhi and Central NCR, the search for new industrial areas outside Central NCR needs to be intensified.TheNCRhinterlandhasenoughpotentialtosatisfythisurgeprovidedsome serious efforts are made to remove bottlenecks, particularly, power, water, telecommunications and transportation. Specific areas may have to be earmarked for the relocation of polluting and hazardous industries proposed to be shifted outside
| INTRODUCTION
17
Delhi, which may be adequately equipped with pollution control and management measurestokeeptheoverallregionalenvironmentfreefrompollution. IndustrialpolicyadoptedintheRegionalPlan2021says: The towns selected for priority development should have a strong industrial content,andincentivesshouldbegiventoalltypesofindustriesforcreation ofinfrastructuresuchaspower,water,sewage,drainage,CETPetc. Modern industrial townships/estates should be developed in the area outsideCentralNCR SpecificareasshouldbeearmarkedintheregionoutsidetheCentralNCRfor relocation of polluting, hazardous, heavy and large and nonconforming industriesproposedforshiftingoutofNCTDelhi. The Central NCR towns and the Regional Centres, selected in the Regional Plan for induced development, have been envisaged to play a significant role and would have a strongindustrialcontent. Thestrategyforindustrialdevelopmentmayentailfollowingelements: These locations to be developed as model industrial areas/Special Economic Zones equipped with facilities such as uninterrupted power supply, efficient telecommunications network, transportation and warehousing facilities, commoneffluenttreatmentplantsandindustrialandpotablewatersupply. The decision of the Government to allow Foreign Direct Investment in the development of integrated townships would go a long way in attracting private sector participation in the development of townships and key industrial infrastructure facilities like power, water supply, telecommunicationsetc. Establishment of single window system of registration, financing and industrialregulatorymeasures. In order to encourage industries to be located in NCR, liberal incentives for creation of infrastructure facilities be given to new units as provided in the industrialpolicyframeworkofthestates. B.WholesaleTrade&Commerce Incentives for provision of infrastructure facilities should be made available in the various regional towns in order to encourage and accelerate the growth of trade centresonawiderscalewithinNCR.
| INTRODUCTION
18
Based on the various factors affecting location of wholesale trade such as volume of commodity flow, direction of flow, trade linkages, mode of transport, preferences of traders, etc., Bhiwadi has been suggested to be developed as wholesale trade centre for building materials. Alternative wholesale markets for the above commodities could be developed as joint venture projects and also declaring these commodities under theSpecifiedCommoditiesActasexplainedundertheheadInstitutionalMachinery atvariousRegionalFreightComplexes. C.Government,PublicSectorandCommercial/CorporateOffices The Central Government offices which are considered for being shifted from NCTDelhi and the Central NCR Towns should be located in other towns of NCR and incentives in the form of CCA, HRA etc., as given to employees who may be affected by this shifting for a limited period. Other incentives like providing government accommodation, allowancesforstudyoftheirchildrenetc.,shouldalsobegiven. D.Transport To provide linkages amongst Metro/Regional Urban Settlements in the outlyingareasofNCR. To connect Metro/Regional Centres with the Capital by an efficient and effectivetransportnetworkforfacilitatingfastermovementoftrafficamong such centres and NCT Delhi. The rail based Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS)proposedbytheNCRPBisonesucheffort. Perimeter/Ring roads: All the Metro and Regional Centers to be connected with perimeter roads of expressway standard to act as bypass for through traffic. An appropriate hierarchical road system for the regional towns to cater to the intraurban traffic in an efficient manner is proposed to be developedforalltheprioritytowns. Master Plan for Greater Bhiwadi Complex2031 has been prepared in view of the provisions kept in terms of development policies, strategies in the NCR Regional Plan 2021 to take full advantage of such provisions at regional level without losing focus on the local development issues and aspirations of the stakeholders identified after detailedanalysisofexistingstatusoflifeandeconomyofGreaterBhiwadiComplex. At all stages of Master Plan preparation including formulation of objectives, development perspective, design concept, plan structure, viable size of the city, development policy and strategy adopted, proposals on physical and social infrastructure including transportation network and zoning regulation etc. translating
| INTRODUCTION
19
into landuse plan, policies, strategies and recommendations of NCR Regional Plan2021 have been guiding principles. In addition to above, the regional and national level planning initiatives having potential impact on planning and development of Greater Bhiwadi Complex like DelhiMumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC), Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC), proposed KasaulaKhushkhera road link, proposed RRTS along with station and area reserved for Transit Oriented Development (TOD), Kasaula Chowk Tapookara link proposed by RIICO, planned NeemranaBhiwadi link road via Azarka etc. have been part of theconceptualization and design of the Master Plan. It is to be noted that about 60 Km long proposed Neemrana Bhiwadi link road with 90m ROW has been integratedintheproposedroadnetworkofGreaterBhiwadiComplex. 1.5 OUTLINEOFTHEMASTERPLAN The Report of Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan, after introducing the general and planning history in the context of the NCR Regional Plan 2021, establishes the objectives of Master Plan. Chapter 2 to 6 forms the Study Report wherein the existing status of demography; economy, including agriculture, industries and trade and commerce; physical and social infrastructure; environment and existing landuse has been presented. The second part of the Report forms the Development Plan. Chapter 7 explainsthedevelopmentperspectiveanddesignconceptoftheMasterPlan.Chapter8 establishes and defines the viable size of the Greater Bhiwadi Complex and identifies planning zones. Chapter 9 describes proposed landuse by 2031 in detail while Chapter 10 explains intentions behind development proposals in the form of policy and the reportcloseswithchapter11definingzoningregulationanddevelopmentcodeastools forMasterPlanimplementationanddevelopmentcontrolandregulation. 1.6 DRAWINGSOFMASTERPLAN ThedrawingssupportingtheMasterPlanforGreaterBhiwadiComplexinclude: a) TheBaseMap2009 b) ExistingLandUseMap2009 c) ProposedLandUseMap2031and d) UrbanAreaMap2031
| INTRODUCTION
110
Chapter 2
DEMOGRAPHY
2.DEMOGRAPHY
2.1 GREATERBHIWADIPLANNINGAREA BhiwadiTapookaraKhushkheraComplex(GreaterBhiwadiComplex)isnotifiedareafor purpose of planning and administration named as Greater Bhiwadi. NCRRegional Plan 2021hasalsodesignatedGreaterBhiwadiComplexasGreaterBhiwadiandidentifiedas Regional Center for development on priority. Greater Bhiwadi includes 99 villages of Tijara and Khushkhera Tehsils of Alwar district. It spreads over an area of 250 sq.km housing a population of 1,51,844 (Census 2001). Greater Bhiwadi is an emerging industrial city with three existing major industrial areas named as Bhiwadi Industrial Area, Khushkhera Industrial Area and Chaupanki Industrial Area. Further Kaharani Industrial Area and Tapookara Industrial Area are under development. Thus Greater Bhiwadi has to be planned considering the needs of future Industrial Township for whichexistingdemographicindicatorsoftheareahasbeenanalysedinthisChapter. 2.2 POPULATIONSIZEANDDISTRIBUTION In Greater Bhiwadi Complex, Bhiwadi is only Census Town comprising of 5 villages (Bhiwadi, Naglia, Alampur, Saidpur, Ghatal) spread over an area of 20 sq.km housing a population of34000(Census2001).Restofthe94villages, ofwhichthelargeronesare Tapookara, Santhalka, Gwalda, Milakpur Goojar, Jhiwana, Harchandpur, Burhi Bawal etc. Different settlements have been grouped into 5 categories according the size of populationwhichisshowninTable2.1.
Table2.1:SizedistributionofpopulationinGreaterBhiwadi PopulationSize No.ofVillages/Town <500 22 500<1000 32 1000<3000 30 3000<5000 7 >5000 4
(Source:CensusofIndia2001)
Besides Bhiwadi, there are 3 villages having population more than 5000 which are Tapookara, Santhalka and Guwalda. Development in these 3 villages needs to be
| DEMOGRAPHY
21
GREATER BHIWADI
FIGURE 2.1:POPULATION SIZE DISTRIBUTION, 2001
studied carefully for planning, as they have potential to become urbanized in near future and will play an important role in the development of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Also 7 villages viz. Burhi Bawal, Nibaheri, Udaipur, Milkapur Goojar, Harchandpur, Jhiwana, Khijooriwas having population ranging between 30005000 are expected to growfasterandneedsspecialattention. 2.3 POPULATIONGROWTHTRENDS Population is continuously growing in proposed Master Plan area with a high rate. GreaterBhiwadicomprisesof94villagesandBhiwadiCensusTown.Bhiwadihasplayed a significant role in the growth of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Bhiwadi was a village till 1981 and attained the status of ClassIV Census Town in 1991. Further in 2001, population of Bhiwadi increased to 33,877 to become a ClassIII town. With the conclusionofrecentlyheldMunicipalelections,BhiwadibecameaMunicipalTownwith an elected Municipal Board. An overview of the population growth trends in Greater BhiwadiComplexisshowninTable2.2.
Table2.2:PopulationGrowthTrendinGreaterBhiwadi Year Population 1971 46807 1981 59272 1991 88881 2001 151844
(Source:CensusofIndia)
%GrowthRate 26.6 50.0 70.8
Growth rate of Population in Greater Bhiwadi Complex has continuously been increasing. The decadal growth rate during 19711981 was 26.6%, which increased to 50% during 198191 and further to 71% in 2001. This fast growth of Greater Bhiwadi Complex may be attributed to lopsided growth of Bhiwadi. Bhiwadi was a small settlementwith a meager 1,729 inhabitants in 1981. But in the decade of 19811991, it grew,atatremendousrate(decadalgrowthof784%)toasizeof15,282in1991.During 19912001thepopulationgrewatarelativelylowerrate(121%),stillBhiwadiremained fastest growing town among all Regional Centers of NCR, when it reached to a size of 33,877inhabitants.Othervillagesarecomparativelygrowingataslowerratei.e.28%in 19811991and60%in2001. 2.4 POPULATIONDENSITY In 2001, Population density in Greater Bhiwadi Complex was 605 persons per sq.km, higherthanthedistricts357persons/sq.kmandStates165persons/sq.km.
| DEMOGRAPHY
22
Table2.3:PopulationDensityinState,DistrictandGreaterBhiwadiComplexArea Area Population Density Sq.Km Persons Persons/sq.km Name RajasthanState 342239.00 56507592.00 165 AlwarDistrict 8380.00 2992592.00 357
GreaterBhiwadi
BhiwadiCensusTown OtherVillages (ofGreaterBhiwadi
251 20.00
151923.00 33877.00
605 1694
Complex)
(Source:Census2001)
231
118046
511
Statistics in Table 2.3 shows that 23% of the population of Greater Bhiwadi Complex resided in Bhiwadi (CT) which forms just 8% of the total area, giving a high density of 1,700 persons per sq. km. whereas, the density in rest of the area works out to be 511 personspersq.km.OveralldensityinGreaterBhiwadiComplexis605persons/sq.km.It is evident that Bhiwadi is dominating the entire settlement pattern of the Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Population density in Greater Bhiwadi Complex in last decades is showninTable2.4.
Table2.4:ChangeinPopulationDensityandhouseholdsizeoverdecades Population No.of Density Year Area(ha) Population Household (persons/ha) 1971 25205 46807 6778 1.86 1981 25052 59272 9121 2.37 1991 26715 88881 15952 3.33 2001 26239 151844 29217 5.79
(Source:Census2001)
Average Household Size 6.9 6.5 5.6 5.2
As evident from table 2.4, population density of Greater Bhiwadi which is predominantly rural, steadily increased from 1.9 persons/ha in 1971 to 3.3 persons/ha in 1991. Sudden increase in the density was observed between 1991 and 2001 due to tremendous growth of Bhiwadi town. As per Census 2001, there was a total of 29,217 households in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Average household size in Bhiwadi town was 4, whereas in rest of the predominantly rural areas it was 6, which is higher than the nationalaverage,inlinewiththestateanddistrictaverages.
| DEMOGRAPHY
23
GREATER BHIWADI
FIGURE 2.2:POPULATION DENSITY, 2001
2.5 SEXRATIO Sex Ratio is an important indicator of health and social status of women in society which has direct and indirect bearing on other key indicators like child mortality. Thus, the sex ratio for various age groups in the State, district and in the Greater Bhiwadi Complexhasbeenpresented(table2.5)anddiscussedbelow.
Table2.5:YearwiseSexRatioinGreaterBhiwadiComplex Year SexRatio 1971 884 1981 878 1991 805 2001 755
SexRatio(06years) 903 870
The Sex Ratio in Greater Bhiwadi Complex was 755 females per 1,000 males in 2001 whichislowerthantheStatesanddistrictsaverageof921and886respectively.Itisa cause of concern as Rajasthan state itself has a very low sex ratio as compared to the national average of 933. Further the Sex Ratio has been decreasing drastically in Greater Bhiwadi Complex over last few decades. In 1971 sex ratio was 884 which decreasedto878in1981.Againin1991,itfelldownto805,whichfurtherdecreasedto as low as 755 in 2001 showing the poor health and social status of women in the area. Thismaypartiallybeattributedtoinmigrationofyoungmalesforjobsopportunitiesin industrial areas of RIICO leaving their family behind at home outside Greater Bhiwadi. But the fall in sex ratio in age group (06) years from 903 in 1991 to 870 in 2001 clearly signifiestheincreasedincidenceofprebirthsexselection. 2.6 LITERACYRATE Literacy rate is an important indicator of the socioeconomic status of the area. The status of overall literacy rate along with male and female literacy in State, district and GreaterBhiwadihasbeenshown(table2.6)andanalysedbelow.
Table2.6:LiteracyRateinState,DistrictandGreaterBhiwadiComplexin2001 LiteracyRate(2001) Male Female Area Rajasthan 75.7% 43.8% AlwarDistrict 78.10% 43.30% GreaterBhiwadiComplex 78.47% 44.06% BhiwadiCensusTown 88.70% 66%
(Source:Census2001)
Total 60.40% 61.70% 63.99% 80.80%
| DEMOGRAPHY
24
The literacy rate (2001) in Greater Bhiwadi Complex was 64% (male 78.5% and female 44%), which is higher than the districts and States average of 61.7% and 60.4% respectively as shown in Table 2.6. Bhiwadi, being a town having access to more educational facilities, has higher overall literacy as well as male and female literacy as compared to other parts of Greater Bhiwadi Complex which comprises of 92% of rural area.
Table2.7:YearwiseMaleFemaleliteracyrateinGreaterBhiwadiComplex LiteracyRate 1991 Male 61.64 Female 20.95 Total 43.84
(Source:CensusofIndia1991and2001)
2001 78.47 44.06 63.99
It can also be observed from the Table 2.7 that male and female literacy rate increased during the period of 19912001 in Greater Bhiwadi Complex and thus overall literacy rateraisedto64%in2001from44%in1991.Increaseinoverallliteracyrateshowsthat peopleunderstandtheimportanceofbeingeducatedandwillfurtherbeabletoreduce theunemploymentlevelintheMasterPlanarea.Eventhoughthefemaleliteracyrateis lower than the male literacy rate, but the rate of increase of female literacy is higher thanmaleliteracyduring19912001.Thisispositivetrendshowingtheimprovingstatus ofwomeninthesociety. 2.7 SOCIALCOMPOSITION Social Composition is mainly representing the percentage of Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe out of the total population in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Out of the total population of Greater Bhiwadi Complex 13.3% are SC and 0.16% are ST (Census 2001).
| DEMOGRAPHY
25
Chapter3

ECONOMY
3.ECONOMY
3.1 INTRODUCTION Rajasthan has been in the forefront of Economic Reforms. Rajasthans economy is primarily based on agriculture. With the pace of urbanization, economy is shifting to secondary and tertiary sectors. Rajasthan is taking lot of initiatives towards industrialization.RajasthanGovernmenthadsetupRIMDCin1969whichlaterchanged to RIICO (The Rajasthan State Infrastructure Development and Investment Corporation ltd.) in 1980 to oversee and facilitate industrial development in the State. Industrial development is a potential instrument through which large scale employment can be generated along with the sustainable contribution for the enhancement of state domesticproduct. Traditionally,agriculturehasbeenthemajoreconomicactivityinGreaterBhiwadi.With thedecisionofStateGovernmentin1970stodevelopBhiwadiasitspreferredindustrial centre,thediversificationofeconomygraduallypickedup.RIICOhasbeeninstrumental since 1975, behind industrialization in Bhiwadi. Hence, with passage of time employment in agricultural activities is declining and increasingly shifting to industrial and service sector activities. Industrial sector, besides providing employment opportunities,hasimmenseexportpotentialwhichneedstobefurtherfocusedtoearn valuableforeignexchangeforthecountry. 3.2 SHAREOFSECONDARYSECTORINTHEECONOMY As per Draft Annual Plan 20082009, in 200304, secondary sector had contributed 23.55%ofthegrossdomesticproductinRajasthanState.Anadvancedestimatedonein AnnualPlansuggeststhatcontributionbyprimarysectorwilldecreaseandwillincrease in secondary and tertiary sector with the pace of development. An overview of the GreaterBhiwadiComplexalsoshowsthatdevelopmentofindustriesaretakingoverthe agricultural activities showing a shift in economy from primary to secondary and tertiary sectors in Master Plan Area. Thus to ensure the direction of growth of economy, economic base of Greater Bhiwadi Complex has been discussed in detail in thisChapterinfollowingsections.GreaterBhiwadi
| ECONOMY
31
3.3 ECONOMICBASE Economic growth of the area is an important factor driving the overall development of the area. Bhiwadi is playing a significant role in the economic development of Rajasthan. Agriculture, industries and trade and commerce are the leading economic activities in Greater Bhiwadi indicating diversified economic character. Therefore, it is imperative to assess the economic profile of the Master Plan area with due emphasis on predominant sectors. Occupational structure in Greater Bhiwadi shows that 41% of the workers were engaged in secondary and tertiary sector activities in 1991 which increasedto66%in2001clearlyindicatingshiftofeconomyfromprimarytosecondary and tertiary sector. To appreciate the economic profile of Greater Bhiwadi, economic indicators like workers classification, workforce participation rate and occupational structurehavebeendiscussedinthefollowingsection.
Table3.1:WorkersClassification %Main Workers 26.74 29.77 34.48 %Marginal Workers 9.01 13.23 17.91 %Total Workers 35.75 43.00 52.39 %Non Workers 63.41 57.00 47.61
Year 1981 1991 2001
Population 59272 88881 151844
TheworkforceparticipationrateinGreaterBhiwadiasperCensus2001is52.4%which ishigherthanBhiwadiTown(46.9%)andAlwardistrict(48.7%).Outofthetotalworking population in the Complex, 66% of the total workers are main workers and the rest of 34% are marginal workers not having full time employment. But it can be observed from the Table 3.1 above that there is continuous increase in the percentage of total workers and decrease in percentage of nonworkers during the decades of 19812001 showing that the workforce participation rate and thus the economic status of Greater Bhiwadiisimproving. Further, analysing the economic base of the Master Plan area in past decades will help tounderstandthedirectionofgrowthoftheareaintermsofeconomy.Thus,toidentify future potential sectors of development, distribution of the workers in various sectors of economyprimary, secondary and tertiary over a period of time is studied. Percentage of main workers in various categories in last 3 decades and their growth ratehasbeendiscussedinTable3.2.
| ECONOMY
32
Table3.2:OccupationalStructure CategoriesofMain Workers 1981 Nos. % 11807 74.5 7.6 Years 1991 Nos. % 13656 51.6 1853 7.0 2001 Nos. % 16171 30.9 1589 3.0 GrowthRate 8191 9101 % % 15.66 18.42 52.89 14.25
Cultivators Agricultural Labourer 1212 HouseholdIndustry Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing,and Repairs 243 Livestock,Forestry, Fishing,Hunting andPlantations, OrchardsandAllied activities Miningand Quarrying Manufacturing& Processinginother 2586 thanhousehold industryworkers Construction Workers Tradeand Commerce TransportStorage &Communication OtherServices Total
1.5
269
1.0
441
0.8
10.7
63.94
108 60
0.4 0.2
16.3 6702 524 899 530 1862 25.3 2.0 3.4 2.0 7.0
34156
65.2
292.7
236.35
15848 100.0 26463 100.0 52357
100.0
66.98
97.85
(Source:CensusofIndia1981,1991,2001)
Occupational structure of Greater Bhiwadi shows that in 2001, 65.2% of Main Workers were engaged in other activities (OW). The type of workers that has been included under the category of 'OW' are all government servants, municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation workers, those engaged in trade, commerce, business, transport, banking, mining, construction, political or social work, priests, artists, etc. i.e. all other than those engaged in agricultural activities and household industries.
| ECONOMY
33
It has been observed that percentage of workers involved in agricultural activities, mainlyagriculturalcultivators,decreasedduring19812001.In1981,74.5%ofthemain workers were agricultural cultivators which decreased to 51.6% in 1991 and 30.9% in 2001.Ontheotherhand,thereiscontinuousincreaseinpercentageofOtherWorkers. In 1981, only 16.3% of the Main workers were engaged in other activities, which increased to 41% in 1991 and 65.2% in 2001. This is clearly showing that there is a shift in occupational structure in Greater Bhiwadi with time. People are shifting from their traditional agricultural activities to other activities like industries, trade and commerce, constructionactivitiesetc.Thistrendmaybeattributedtothefactthatoftheindustrial andbuildingactivitiesiscomingupinabigwayinGreaterBhiwadi. There are number of industrial areas like Bhiwadi, Khushkhera, Tapookara, Chaupanki etc. showing growing industrial landscape in Greater Bhiwadi. Agricultural activities are the second most important economic activity employing about 34% of the main workers as cultivators and agricultural labourers. Industrialisation has already taken over and leading the economic production system in the area and also RIICO has continuously been acquiring land for further development of the industries in future. Thus, the economic growth of Greater Bhiwadi Complex would heavily depend on the industrial activities reducing the agricultural activities. Therefore, industries, agriculture and allied activities and trade & commerce constitute the economic base of Greater Bhiwadi Complex which will further be discussed in detail under different economic functionsGreaterBhiwadi. 3.4 INDUSTRIES 3.4.1 RoleofIndustrialSector Industrial sector is playing a major role in the economy of the State as well as in the Greater Bhiwadi Complex. In 20032004, 43% of the secondary sector share is contributed from manufacturing sector in Rajasthan State. Industries are playing a key role in employment generation in Greater Bhiwadi Complex and contributed largely to increase the share of secondary sector in the economy. By 1991, in Greater Bhiwadi Complex, 25% of the total workers were employed in manufacturing sector which is continuously increasing thereafter with the fast industrialization in the area. In 2009, as per DIC records, about 72,000 workers were engaged in industriesinGreaterBhiwadiComplex.
| ECONOMY
34
3.4.2 DistributionofIndustries There are eight Industrial Areas of RIICO in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Few industrial areas are still under development. Besides the RIICO industrial areas, there are independent industrial units located along BhiwadiAlwar State Highway25 (Tijara road). Industries are mainly divided into small, medium and large scale industries by Department of Industries based on number of factors. One of the most important such factorsisinvestmentsize.
Table3.3:DistributionofSmall,MediumandLargeIndustries ScaleofIndustry 1997 2003 Small 663 1025 Medium 144 200 Large 39 55 Total 846 1280
(Source:BhiwadiManufacturersAssociation)
2006 1079 225 58 1362
Table 3.3 shows that there is continuous increase in all categories of industries viz. small, medium and large scale. Over the period of 2007 to2009 a number of large industries were established in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Some of the recently established large industries are United Breweries Ltd. in Chaupanki IA, M/s Lafarge Boaral Gypsum (I) Pvt. Ltd. in Khushkhera IA,M/sJaquar&Co.Ltd.inBhiwadiIA,HondaSielCars India Ltd. in Tapookara IA, M/s Bestex MM India (P) Ltd. again in Tapookara, M/s Amtek India Ltd. in Bhiwadi,ShreeCementatKhushkheraetc. 3.4.3 RIICOIndustrialAreas RIICO, is playing a dynamic role in industrial development. RIICO develops land for industrial development with provisions of basic infrastructure. RIICO also provides financial support to industrial entrepreneur through various schemes promoting the investors to invest in Rajasthan.. RIICO has invested enormous amount for thedevelopmentofindustrialareasinGreaterBhiwadi Complex. Growth of industries in Industrial Areas of Greater Bhiwadi set up by RIICO has been shown in Table3.4.
| ECONOMY
35
Table3.4:GrowthofIndustriesinGreaterBhiwadiComplex Year 1997 2003 2006 2009

NumberofUnits 724 1280 1362 2453
Itisobservedfromtable3.4thatduringtheyear19972003 therewas76.80%increase in the number of industries. In next three years during 200306 there was comparatively marginal growth of 6.4% in industrial development. Again in last three years during the period of 200609 there was huge growth in industrial development i.e.80%moreindustrieswereestablishedinGreaterBhiwadiComplex. 3.4.3.1 IndustrialAreas There are eight industrial areas in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Bhiwadi Industrial Area was set up by RIICO way back in 1976 which laid the foundation of many more industrialareasandtheirextensionsinGreaterBhiwadiComplex.Theindustrialactivity in Bhiwadi was started on a small area of 130 acres which, of late, has expanded to coveratotalgeographicalareaof6,550acres,distributedindifferentindustrialareas. Subsequently after Bhiwadi more industrial areas have come up namely Chaupanki, Khushkhera and Sarekhurd in 19951996. Appreciating the high potential of industrial development and interest of the investors in Greater Bhiwadi Complex, two more industrial areasTapookara and Pathredi were established in 2007. In 2009, Kaharani Industrial Area between Bhiwadi and Chaupanki was developed. Details of various industrialareasofGreaterBhiwadiComplexhavebeenshowninTable3.5.
Table3.5:StatusofDevelopmentofvariousIndustrialAreasinGreaterBhiwadi,2009
Developed Yearof Land Estab. (Acres) Saleable Land (Acres) No. of Plots Plots Planned Allotted Nos. Nos. Vacant Area Acres Vacant Plots Nos.
S. No.
Location
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Bhiwadi Kahrani Chaupanki Khushkhera IID Khuskhera Tapookara Sarekhurd
1976 2009 1996 1995 1995 2007 1995
2138.63 1217 802 825.83 151.77 781.44 94.59
1509.96 615 495.97 675.9 99.5 670.62 75.58
1701 249 1107 1017 479 22 61
1670 97 1030 946 383 9 55
0 19.93 8.96 13.14 64.19 4.99
0 152 42 40 49 13 6
| ECONOMY
36
|
8 Pathredi Total 2007
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 538.1 6549.36 373.67 4516.2 115 4751 81 4271 75.89 187.1 33 335
(Source:RIICOUnitI&II,Bhiwadi)
Atpresentatotalof6,550acresisunderindustrialdevelopmentwithinGreaterBhiwadi Complex distributed in eight industrial areas In addition to RIICO industrial areas, industries are developed along BhiwadiAlwar Road also.. As per rules and regulations, RIICO allots 70% of the developed area for development of industrial units (saleable) and 30% is used for provision of infrastructure including commercial and open spaces. As mentioned above, Bhiwadi is the oldest industrial area in Greater Bhiwadi Complex which is now saturated, and there are no vacant plots left in Bhiwadi IA. Kaharani IA, which has started developing in 2009, already has started attracting big industrial groups for setting up their units. Details of the number of units under production and constructionineachoftheindustrialareashavebeenshowninTable3.6.
Table3.6:DetailsoftheUnitsinIndustrialAreas Unitsunder Production Nos. 1455 Nil 183 87 10 Nil 1 3 1739 Unitsunder Constructio Nos. 118 3 347 290 64 4 4 4 834 TotalUnits Nos. 1573 3 530 377 74 4 5 7 2573
S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Location Bhiwadi Kahrani Chopanki Khushkhera IIDKhuskhera Tapukara Sarekhurd Pathredi Total
TotalnumberofunitsregisteredinvariousRIICOindustrialareasis2575ofwhich67.5% (1739)areunderproductionand32.5%(834)areunderconstruction(Table3.4). 3.4.3.2 TypeofIndustries IndustriesinGreaterBhiwadiComplexareofvariedscaleandnature.Therearenumber of large, medium and small scale industries. Auto Parts, Ceramics, Chemical, Drugs and Pharmaceutical, Electronics, Food Products, General Engineering, Glass, Iron & Steel, Metals,BathroomFittings,Plastic,Packaging,Rubber,Leather,Textilerelatedindustries are concentrated in Bhiwadi, Khushkhera and Chaupanki industrial areas. Product wise numberofindustriesinmajorindustrialareasisgiveninTable3.7.
| ECONOMY
37
|
Table3.7:TypesofIndustries
S.No. TypeofProduct Auto Parts, Cycle components, Service 1 station&allieditems 2 CastingandForgings Ceramic, Crockery Moulding Powder, 3 Cement Product, Marble Product & Allied items 4 Chemicals,Cosmetics&Allieditems Drugs, Pharmaceuticals, Surgical, Medical 5 Instruments,Insecticide,Fertilizersetc Electrical & electronic components cables, 6 battery&allieditems Food products, Poultry & Cattle feeds, 7 Mineralwater,Softdrinksetc. General Engineering, bearing, dye, 8 Fabricationetc. 9 Glass,Woodpaper&Allieditems 10 Iron&Steel NonFerrous Metal, Aluminium, Bathroom 11 Fittings 12 Packaging 13 Paints&PrintingInk 14 Plastic 15 PrintingPress,Stationaryitems 16 Rubber,leather&Foamproducts 17 Textile,Yarn,ReadymadeGarmentsetc. 18 Miscellaneous 19 Unclassified Total
Bhiwadi (Nos.) 63 22
Khushkhera (Nos.) 2
Chaupanki (Nos.) 6
46 55 28 75 38 126 11 74 32 51 18 87 8 45 34 75 567 1455
6 9
5 5 3
3 9 6 9
8 3 13 10 3 6 3 8 1 2 2 5 100 183
4 4 3 4 4 24 87
Data related to product wise number and classification of industries are available for only 1035 industrial units. About 1750 units which are under production are not registered with Bhiwadi Manufacturers Association (BMA), hence details are not available on these units. Table 3.7 shows that 14% of the industries are of general engineering, bearing, dye, fabrication etc. Pathredi industrial area has developed into three major zones, one for auto and engineering, second for cable sector and third for garmentsector.SomeofthebigindustriesinGreaterBhiwadiComplexareBalakrishna Tyres(Tyres),M/sFederalMoghul(SparkPlug),SriRamCablesPvt.Ltd.(Cables),Relaxo Footwears, Orient Syntax Ltd. (Textiles), Parasrampuria Synthetics (Synthetic Yarn),
| ECONOMY
38
Honda Siel Cars India Pvt. Ltd., United Breweries Ltd., M/s Lafarge Boaral Gypsum (I) Pvt.Ltd.,Khushkhera,M/sJaquar&Co.ltd.,Bhiwadi,ShreeCementKhushkhera. 3.4.3.3 IndustrialEmployment Industries are the second largest employer after agriculture in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Number of employees in each of the existing industrial areas has been presentedinTable3.8. Table3.8:Numberofemployeesineachoftheindustrialarea
S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 IndustrialArea Bhiwadi Khushkhera IIDKhushkhera Tapookara Chaupanki Pathredi Sarekhurd Total No.ofWorkers 60000 3000 1000 1500 3500 1000 50 70050
(Source:RIICOUnitI&II)
As per Table 3.8, total number of employees currently working in industrial areas is 70050. With the pace of industrialisation in Greater Bhiwadi Complex, it is expected that a sizeable number of gainful employments will be generated in industries and its alliedactivitiesinnearfuture. 3.4.4 IndustriesoutsideOrganisedIndustrialAreas There are about ten independent industries, covering an area of 700 acres, outside RIICOindustrialareasinGreaterBhiwadiComplex.Mostofthemwereestablishedeven before the establishment of industrial areas by RIICO. Most of them are located along Tijara Road. Out of these, seven units are under production and rest three is not operational. Some of the major industries outside industrial estates are Nahar Industries, SRF Chemicals Ltd., H.R. Steel, Seigwork India Ltd. and Harvest Bread Ltd. etc.
| ECONOMY
39
3.4.5 IndustrialInfrastructure 3.4.5.1 PhysicalInfrastructure RIICO, as part of its industrial development activities, provides plot with complete physical infrastructure. It mainly includes construction and maintenance of roads, drains, water supply etc. Bhiwadi, Chaupanki and Khushkhera are supplied with high quality infrastructure. Development of infrastructure in Tapookara, Pathredi and Kaharani industrial areas is under progress and industrial units are under construction. StatusofmajorinfrastructureprovidedinIndustrialareasisshowninTable3.9.
Table3.9:StatusofPhysicalInfrastructureinIndustrialAreas,2009 LengthofInfrastructureLaid(inKms) Road Drain WaterPipeline S.No. IndustrialAreas 1 Bhiwadi 55 90 55 2 Khushkhera 23 45 21.6 3 IIDKhushkhera 4.15 8 18 4 Pathredi 10 9 5 Chaupanki 33 17.5 30 6 Sarekhurd 1.9 Nodrain Nopipeline 7 Tapookara Datanotavailable Proposed
Watersupplyisoneofthekeyphysicalinfrastructuresrequiredfortheindustries.RIICO provides water for 24 hours to industries as per requirement. RIICO has 33 tube wells for supplying water in four industrial areas viz. Bhiwadi, Khushkhera, IID Khshkhera and Chaupanki. Other than these, industries have private tube wells also. RIICO has system tosupply89.5lakhlts/dayandhas133.6kmswaterpipelinenetwork. RIICO has laid extensive road network (127 kms) and drainage network (160 kms) in its industrial areas. Further roads and drains are under construction in newly established industrialareas. There is no underground sewerage system in industrial areas. Industrial effluent flows through open drains to the only CETP at Bhiwadi wherein domestic wastewater of Bhiwadi town is also treated. In absence of organized sewerage system complete wastewaterfromindustriesarenotabletoreachtoCETPandgetsstagnatedatnumber ofplacesinlowlyingareas. For solid waste management, private contractors have been employed by RIICO for solid waste collection including street sweeping, cleaning of drains and their disposal.
| ECONOMY
310
Industries independently employ private contractors for disposal of industrial waste. There is no designated sanitary landfill site to dispose off industrial waste, which is serious cause of concern. Private contractors hired for waste management of industrial areadisposeofthewasteinlowlyingopenplots. Power is another vital infrastructure for running industries. There are three main ElectricSubstations,GSSof220KVAof200MVAcapacityandGSS132KVAof100MVA capacity at Bhiwadi, GSS of 400 KVA of Power Grid in Bhiwadi. Besides, there are 33KV GSS at Chaupanki, 132 KVA substation at Khushkhera. Further new substation of 132 KVatChaupankiisproposedand220KVatTapookaraisunderconstruction.Otherthan above mentioned substations, a number of 33 KV substations are proposed at different locations in Industrial Areas. Thus, there is good provision of power supply in Greater BhiwadiComplex. 3.4.5.2 OtherSupportIndustrialInfrastructure There is lack of other vital infrastructure to support large scale industrial activities like facilities of warehousing and godown, wholesale markets, loading and unloading facilities, truck terminals, organized parking spaces, auto repair, service stations etc. There are number of export oriented units in industrial areas of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. There is a RAJISCO Inland Container Depot located in Bhiwadi which is not havingadequatefacilitiesrequiredformovementofgoodstoandfromIndustrialAreas. Thus, industries approach to various transporters located in Dharuhera, Rewari, Gurgaonetc.fortransportingtheirgoods. 3.4.5.3 InfrastructureforIndustrialEmployees One of the basic requirements for the industrial employees is housing. In view of large size of employment (72000 employees) offered by industrial units in Greater Bhiwadi Complex, housing for industrial workers and associated social infrastructure facilities areessentialwhichislackinggrosslyatpresent.ProvisionofEWS(EconomicallyWeaker Section) and LIG (Low Income Group) housing for industrial workers near industrial areas at commutable distance is very crucial. There is huge gap between demand and supply of houses for industrial workers. Of late, efforts are being made particularly by Rajasthan Housing Board and UIT to construct EWS and LIG houses for industrial workers. About 3500 units of ESW and LIG housing are planned together by RHB and UIT. Housing options for middle income and higher income industrial employees are relatively better as number of private developers have already constructed sizeable numberofhousesandmanymoreareunderconstruction.
| ECONOMY
311
Social facilities like health and education are grossly inadequate in Bhiwadi forcing people to commute from nearby developed areas. Low income employees are living in barrack type single accommodations in villages in and around Industrial Areas leaving their families back home due to lack of social facilities. Further there is lack of recreational and sociocultural facilities viz. parks and playgrounds for different income levelpopulation,importanttoleadadescenturbanlife. 3.4.6 PlannedIndustrialProjects RIICO is in continuous process of expanding and developing new industrial areas in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Kaharani industrial area is planned on 1217 acres of land for whichinfrastructuredevelopmentlikeroads,powerlinesetc.arebeinglaid.Inaddition to that, two big chunks of land about 1000 acres each adjoining existing Tapookara Industrial Area in north and south and 200 acres of land near Chaupanki industrial area isunderacquisitionforfutureextension. 3.5 AGRICULTUREANDALLIEDACTIVITIES 3.5.1 Introduction Traditionally, agriculture has been a major economic activity in Greater Bhiwadi Complex before advent of modern industries. In 1981, 74% of the workers were engaged in agricultural activities. With rapid urbanisation and growth of industry and trade, significance of agriculture is decreasing. The occupational pattern of Greater Bhiwadi Complexin1991and2001(CensusofIndia)has shown the clear shift in occupational pattern from primary to secondary and tertiary sector activities. Agricultural workers are mainly shiftingtotertiarysectoractivitiessuchastrade andcommerce,transportationetc. 3.5.2 LandUtilisationPattern Total geographical area of Greater Bhiwadi Complex, as per revenue records, is 25130 ha. Out of the total area, 71.7% is cultivated land, rest is under hills, forest, non culturable,pastureornoncultivatedculturableland.Overalllandutilisationpatternhas beenpresentedinTable3.10.
| ECONOMY
312
Table3.10:LandUtilizationPatterninGreaterBhiwadiComplex(20072008) Area Percentage S.No. LandUtilisationPattern (Hectares) (%) 1 Forest 1114 4.43 2 Hills 114 0.45 3 NonCulturableland 1105 4.40 4 Landotherthanagriculturaluse 2451 9.75 5 PastureLand 59 0.23 6 Noncultivatedculturableland 2258 8.99 b)FallowLand(25years) 1290 5.13 c)Culturablewaste 968 3.85 7 Totalcultivatedarea 18029 71.74 a)NetSownarea 16689 66.41 b)Currentfallowland 1340 5.33 TotalArea 25130 100.00
(Source:RespectivePanchayatSamiti)
Table 3.10 shows that out of the total geographical area, 28.3% (7101 ha) is uncultivatedland,ofwhich4.9%ishillsandforestwhichareprotectedand9.75%(2451 ha)areaisundernonagriculturalusewhichincludesbuildings,roads,waterbodiesetc. About4.4%(1105ha)isnonculturablelandwhichcannotbebroughtundercultivation. Outoftotalarea,8.99%(2258ha)isnoncultivatedculturablewastelandwhichcanbe takenupforcultivationbuthasnotbeencultivatedinlast5yearsormoreinsuccession which is either fallow or covered with shrubs or jungles or inaccessible. Non cultivated culturablewastelandincludes5.13%fallowlandotherthancurrentfallow. About5.33%(1340ha)iscurrentfallowlandwhichiscultivatedareabutkeptfallowfor currentyear.66.41%(16689ha)isNetSownAreawhichisactualareasownwithcrops and orchards. With this 71.74 % (18029ha) of the total geographical area is cultivated area. In Greater Bhiwadi Complex 29080 ha is gross cropped area which includes area sown more than once in addition to net sown area. 42.6% (12393 ha) of the total cropped area is sown more than once in a year and 57.4% is net sown area. Land utilization patternshowsoverallcroppingintensityof174.2%.
| ECONOMY
313
3.5.3 CroppingPattern Wheat and Bajra followed by Barley are the main foodcrops in Tijara and Kotkasim Tehsils, mainly due to semiarid climate of this region. Other than food grains cotton andoilseedofRaiandSarsoaremaincommercialcropsinthisarea. 3.5.4 IrrigationFacilities In Greater Bhiwadi Complex, ground water is the only source for water for irrigation. Hence heavy exploitation of groundwater is obvious. Percentage area irrigated in Greater Bhiwadi Complex is shown in table3.11.
Table3.11:IrrigatedAreainGreaterBhiwadi,200708 IrrigatedArea NetIrrigatedArea Areairrigatedmorethanonce GrossAreairrigated AreainHectares 15629 303 15932
TheactualareairrigatedinGreaterBhiwadiComplexis93.6%(Netirrigatedarea).Tube wellsandotherwellsfeedingongroundwateraremajorsourceofirrigationinthisarea. 54%oftheareaisirrigatedbytubewellsand46%isirrigatedbyotherwells. 3.6 TRADEANDCOMMERCE 3.6.1 Introduction Shopping and commercial areas are true index of economic wellbeing and image of the city. Bhiwadi is primarily an industrial town wherein traditional commercial activities gradually expanded with expanding industrial estates of RIICO to support the local population in terms of their local commercial needs. As per the field surveys, there were 4442 retail enterprises in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Total employmentinthesecommercialestablishmentsisestimatedtobeabout10,000. Besides Bhiwadi urbanized area, Greater Bhiwadi Complex has sizeable commercial activities in rural and industrial areas including Tapookara to meet local commercial
| ECONOMY
314
needs of rural areas. Out of total 4442 units, 30 percent of these commercial units are locatedoutsideBhiwaditown. 3.6.2 OrganizedandPlannedCommercialCentres Exceptfeworganizedandwelllaidshoppingcentresmostofthecommercialareashave grown organically along major roads at different localities in Bhiwadi. The organized shopping centres are either located within Bhiwadi Industrial Area or inside the group housing complexes. Organized shopping complexes in Bhiwadi comprises of Ashiana Bagicha and adjacent Bhagat Singh Colony shopping centre, Central Market and adjacent Ganpathi Mall near Samtel Chowk, RIICO Chowk, Dhaba Complex, Ajanta Chowk, Relaxo Chowk, Ganpathi Plaza and adjacent Hanuman Complex at Phoolbagh, Ashiana Angan on Alwar bypass road and Sector 4 UIT Colony along GauravPath. Quiteafewshoppingcomplexesandmallswhichare under construction indicate the growing demand for the service. Those under construction include BB Mall near Neelam Chowk, Parasvnath and Capital Mall near UIT Police Post on SBI Road, Genesis Mall onAlwarbypassroad. 3.6.3 UnorganizedShoppingStreets In addition to organized relatively smaller shopping areas, there is a sizeable number and length of unorganized shopping streets in Bhiwadi to meet the local shopping needs of the population. Basically, these shopping streets have grown organically in response to the demand with physical expansion of the town. Some of the major shopping streets includeMain Road Bhiwadi (NH71B) from Bhiwadi Mode to Neelam Chowk, Bhiwadi Mode to Mansha Chowk (old Alwar Road till Milakpur Gujjar), Neelam ChowktoSBI,GauravPathatUITandRHBHousingColony,Harchandpurvillage,Ghatal Village, Beelaheri and Rampura village. Besides, there are commercial strips located outside Bhiwadi urbanized area like Kahrani, Tapookara, Burhibawal villages and IndustrialAreasofChaupankiandKhushkhera.
| ECONOMY
315
3.6.4 FruitandVegetableMarket ThereareonlytwosmallvegetablemarketsinBhiwaditownonelocatedbehindRamfal Cinema near Ganpathi mall and other located near Fire Station on Phoolbagh Harchandpur Road. In absence of adequate organized fruit and vegetable markets and their spatially balanced distribution, innumerable street hawkers selling vegetables and fruits have encroached upon carriageway of major roads makingtheareaatraffichazard. 3.6.5 HierarchyofCommercialCentres The commercial places in Bhiwadi are not reflecting any clear hierarchy. They are non hierarchical which is due to lack of compact development. Unplanned haphazard development is taking place all around which is spread over a large area to serve localized population. However, the existing trade and commercial activities in Bhiwadi maybeconvenientlyorganizedinthefollowingmannerfortheeaseofunderstanding. Table3.12,showingdetailsofthecommercialareasinGreaterBhiwadiComplexclearly indicates that Bhiwadi town is serving as biggest commercial centre for the local population with about 3000 commercial units. Central Market combined with long shopping street on Main Road (NH71B) and Ganpathi Mall (40 % of the total 3000 units)formstheCentralBusinessDistrict(CBD)ofexistingBhiwadiTown. Next in the hierarchy is the Ganpati Plaza and Hanuman Complex Shopping Centre at Phoolbaghwithmorethan15percent(471)unitsofcommercialenterprises. Outside Bhiwadi town, Tapookara has emerged as the second level of settlement. The size of commercial activities is evident that Tapookara, by virtue of its central location in the Greater Bhiwadi Complex, is going to be the competing settlement withBhiwadiinfuture.Tapookaraalonehasashare of 25 percent of commercial activities of Greater BhiwadiComplex.
| ECONOMY
316
Table:3.12:CommercialAreasinGreaterBhiwadi,2009
CommercialAreas No. of Shops/ % to Sub Comm. total Units
Organised/PlannedMarkets CentralMarket(MainRoadNH71B) GanpatiMall GanapatiPlaza&HanumanComplex UITandGauravPath BhagatSinghColony&AshianaBagicha RelaxoChowk DhabaComplex Bhiwadi BKTChowk Town AjantaChowk RIICOChowk CommercialStreets Main Road Bhiwadi (Bhiwadi Mode to NeelamChowk) Bhiwadi Mode to Mansha Chowk (Old Alwarroad) Harchandpur NeelamChowkSBIRoad Subtotal(BhiwadiTown) CommercialStreets Tapookara Outside Burhibawal Bhiwadi KahraniRoad Town ChaupankiIA KhushkheraIA Subtotal(OutsideBhiwadiTown) GrandTotal
328 256 471 233 112 104 84 62 32 32 611 321 215 112 2973 1057 174 61 103 74 1469 4442
11.0 8.6 15.8 7.8 3.8 3.5 2.8 2.1 1.1 1.1 20.6 10.8 7.2 3.8 100.0 72.0 11.8 4.2 7.0 5.0 100.0
(Source:PrimarySurveys)
3.6.6 BasicandNonbasicFunctionsofCommercialCentres With regard to the economic efficiency of various commercial centres in Greater Bhiwadi, Bhiwadi undoubtedly is serving the local population residing in surrounding housingschemesandurbanizedvillages.WhileTapookara,asaservicecentre,isserving the surrounding rural villages. Hence the nature of commercial enterprises is quite different at these two locations. Bhiwadi is serving urban population with modern needswhileTapookaraisservingagriculturalhinterlandwithservicecentreactivities.
| ECONOMY
317
3.6.7 CommercialInfrastructure CommercialinfrastructureinGreaterBhiwadiComplexsupportingtradeandcommerce is yet to develop properly. Though there are few planned organized market places which have developed recently but they are very small. Tremendous population pressure created by continuous industrial expansion has led to establishment of unorganized markets without proper infrastructure like parking facilities as commercial places are not planned. There are few banks with their ATM facilities but they seem inadequateduetoheavypressureonthem. 3.6.8 Informal/UnorganizedSector As discussed above, due to demand, commercial activities have suddenly sprang up all around. Bhiwadi being a small town which has its economy based on industrial activities; commercial activities are only of supporting and subsistence nature. But sudden demand has led to creation of shopping centres at numerable places meeting daily needs of the population. Therefore, informal sector is playing a major role in meeting the commercial need of people at Bhiwadi as well as other places like Tapookara,Burhibawal,Kahrani,IndusrialAreasofChaupankiandKhushkhera. 3.6.9 OtherTertiarySectorServices There are few hotels which offer descent accommodation to businessmen visiting Bhiwadi industrial areas. Major hotels in Bhiwadi include Ashiana Tree House and Village Centre, Hotel Regency, RC Palace, Hotel Pahel etc. Ashiana Industrial Park is located on Main Road Bhiwadi which houses many commercial enterprises like private banks etc. but there are no big corporate offices in Bhiwadi. However there are quite a fewgovernmentofficesforlocaladministration.
| ECONOMY
318
Chapter4
BIOPHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
4.BIOPHYSICALENVIORNMENT
4.1 ENVIORNMENTALRESOURCES 4.1.1 Geology The major group of rocks in Greater Bhiwadi is preAravalli comprising of schist, quartzite and granite. Alwar group consists of quartzite and schist. Major minerals found in Alwar district are Baryte, Building stones and Copper. District leads in the production of these minerals. The rocks consist of schist and quartzite and intrusion of Granite. These are one of the oldest reported formations dating back 2500 million years. The Baryte deposits are mined about 2000 tonnes annually. Alwar district is the second richest in Rajasthan where Copper ore is found. Other mineral deposits in the districtareAsbestos,Chinaclay,Feldspar,Fineclay,SoapstoneandQuartz. 4.1.2 ClimateandRainfall Rajasthanisknownforextremetypeofdryclimate.TheclimateofAlwardistrictisvery hot in summer and very cold in winter. The monsoon season is of very short duration. The southwest monsoon continues from July to mid September. The maximum temperature of the district touches 47C and the minimum goes to freezing point. Average temperature is 26C. The winds are strongest (13.1 km/hr) in June and lightest (5.6 km/hr) in November. The predominant wind directions are NW, SW, SE and NE. Average annual rainfall in Alwar district is recorded as 611.6 mm. In Greater Bhiwadi Complextheamountofrainfallvariesbetween600and700mm. 4.1.3 Soil Major types of soil in the district include loam, sand, sandy clay and clayey loam. Predominant soil found in the region is loam. However, sand is also quite prevalent in different Tehsils of Alwar district viz. Kotkasim, Tijara, Neemrana, Ramgarh, Reni and Behror. In Greater Bhiwadi Complex the soil present is Alluvial Sandy soil with Strength of SBC 810 tonne/m2. Different types of soil present in district has been shown in Figure4.1
| BIO-PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
41
Figure4.1:Soil
42
4.1.4 WaterResources SurfaceResources There is no perennial river in the district. The seasonal rivers, which flow through the districtandcarrytherunofffromthehillsareSahibi,Ruparel,ChuharSidhandLohdoha. Several of these rivers and their tributaries have been impounded at suitable sites and the water is used for irrigation purposes. The natural drainage is from southeast to northeast. Sahibi, the largest river of the district, flows through western part of Greater Bhiwadi, rises from Sewar hills (Jaipur district) and enters Bansur tehsil of Alwar district in the west. It flows in northeastern direction passing through Bansur, Behror, Mandawar, Kishangarh and Tijara tehsils. It carries away the water of the western slope of the centralrangeoftheAravalihills. GroundWaterResources Ground water is the major source of water in Greater BhiwadiComplex for all purposes which are present in Old Alluvium layer of the soil. It is one of the ground water potential zones (Figure 4.2) where yielding in Old Alluvium varies from 50200 m3/day. Ground water potential of the alluvial aquifers is good and equal everywhere due to uniform distribution of rainfall, effective porosity and geometry of the aquifers. As per Ground water department of Alwar district, ground water is overexploited in Alwar district (Figure 4.3) and thus in Greater BhiwadiComplex. Again as per survey of Groundwater Department, 2007, in Tijara Tehsil ground water level varies from 9.70 meter to 44.65 meter. Wells and borewells yielding capacity varies from 1 lakh liters to 1.5 lakh liters per day. Survey results of the ground water at different location of the GreaterBhiwadiareshowninTable4.1.
43
Figure4.2:GroundwaterPotential
44
Figure4.3:GroundwaterStatus
Table4.1:Groundwaterlevelinlast5years 2005 2006 MonitoringVillage Name BurhiBawalPz Makdawa BhiwadiPz HasanpurPz KhohriKalanPz Meetiyawas Naugawan Sarekalan 13.35 Dry 37.05 19.55 22.75 Dry 11.4 Dry 13.75 Dry 41.05 20.85 22.05 Dry 11.35 25.9
2007
2008
2009 19.25 Dry Dry 22.5 22.95 Dry Dry 27
UnitsinMeter 17.05 15.85 Dry Dry 44.65 Dry 20.45 21.75 22.25 22.5 Dry Dry Dry Dry 20.35 25.3
45
|
MonitoringVillage Name TapookuraPz TatarpurPz 2005 20.73 17.25
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 2006 19.83 17.55 2007 2008 2009 21.83 17.15
UnitsinMeter 19.88 20.53 16.65 17.3
(Source:GroundWaterDepartment,Alwar)
Table 4.1 shows that ground water level which was 44.65 m in 2007 at the specified location the well got dried in 2008 which shows high rate of ground water extraction. Again in other industrial areas as per RIICO, ground water level varies from 3000 to 4000m. Of all the locations of ground water survey only in Bhurhibawal the level got raised during 2005 to 2009 showing recharge of groundwater. Bored cavity tubes are the most common method of ground water extraction structures being used for irrigation purposes in areas around Kotkasim, Tijara, and Tapookara. In these areas dischargeofwellsvariesfrom10.5to42g/m3. 4.2 PHYSIOGRAPHYANDRELIEF Macro level physiography of the state depicts that the major parts of Rajasthan lie between 100 and 350m above mean sea level. Hills are low in the north and east of Alwar district but become more prominent and more precipitous from the eastern bordertowardsAlwartownandfromnorthtosouthandcongregateinthesouth.They cover nearly the whole of Thanagazi and Rajgarh tehsils and about onethird of Alwar tehsil and form important features in Bansur, Kishangarh and Tijara tehsils. They enclose between them fertile valleys and high land, which are reserved forests, thickly woodedwithspontaneousgrowth. However, micro relief features of Alwar districthave internal micro level variations too. The Greater BhiwadiComplex topography consists of few hillocks of Aravali series and the altitude varies from 150m to 300m above mean sea level shown in Figure 4.4 and Figure4.5.

46
Figure4.4:ReliefandDrainage
47
Figure4.5:RelativeRelief
48
| 4.3 NATURALFEATURES
There are number of hills and protected forest present in Greater Bhiwadi Complex namely Gondhan forest, Chaupanki forest, Kohri Kalan forest, Sarekalan forest and Banvan forest. Areas under various forest blocks of Greater Bhiwadi Complex are presentedinTable4.2.
Table4.2:AreaunderForest ProtectedForest S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ForestBlock Banban Chaupanki Guwalda KhoriKalan Udhanwas Sarekalan Ghatal Khijarpur Godhan TotalArea 45.94 218.75 58.82 214.97 289.75 211.66 184.92 78.42 182.02 1485.25 Unclassifiedforest AreainHectares 0 0.18 1.91 0.14 0 0.25 0 0 0.29 2.77 TotalArea 45.94 218.93 60.73 215.11 289.75 211.91 184.92 78.42 182.31 1488.02
(Source:ForestDepartment,Alwar)
Table 4.2 shows that there are no reserved forests in this area whereas 1485 ha is under protected forest. Dhonk, Ronj, Hingot, Dacer, Ber and Kareel are the major speciesoftreespresentinthisarea. Further there is a sizable amount of land is under ravines i.e.798 ha which needs to be protected and measures to be taken to save the top soil from erosion. Thus hills, forest and ravine infested land should be conserved through restricting development into these areas while planning for Greater BhiwadiComplex. Againtherearetwomajorwaterbodiesin Greater Bhiwadi Complex one Sahibi river which passes through Kotkasim tehsil and other is magnificient Sare Khurd Lake. Presently no water flows in Sahibi river and villagers are cultivating river bed which is a cause of concern. But Sare Khurd Lakeis having lot of water which shouldbe conserved and can be developed for tourismpurposesinfuture.
49
Chapter5
INFRASTRUCTURE

5.INFRASTRUCTURE
A.
PHYSICALINFARSTRUCTURE
5.1 WATERSUPPLY 5.1.1 General Rajasthan being an arid region, water is a precious element. There is scarcity of surface water sources in Rajasthan. Sahibi River flows through the Greater Bhiwadi but presently there is no water in the river and farmers are cultivating dry river bed. In absence of surface source of water and poor rainfall, ground water is the major source for all purposes including drinking, irrigation and industrial use. Due to this ground waterisoverexploitedinthisregionofRajasthanState. 5.1.2 WaterSupplyinBhiwadiTown 5.1.2.1 SourceofWaterSupply Bhiwadi is the only town in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Primary source of water in and around Bhiwadi is ground water. There are no other sources of drinking water in this area. Bhiwadi Census Town comprises of five revenue villages viz. Ghatal, Nanglia, Alampur, Saidpur and Bhiwadi. Drinking water in aforesaid villages is still being supplied by PHED whereas in extended area of Bhiwadi town water is supplied by different agenciessuchasUIT,HousingBoardandRIICO. Water supply network is present in UIT, RHB and RIICO areas. UIT is supplying water through22Tubewellsand7StandPoststonineUITsectorsandsector4&7ofHousing Board. In sector 1, 2 & 3 of Old Housing Board colony, RIICO is providing water from theirtubewellsmeantforBhiwadiIndustrialArea.Allprivatedevelopershavetheirown tubewellsforprovidingwatertotheirhousingschemes. In five villages of Bhiwadi Town, PHED is supplying water through its 2 tubewells and 8 hand pumps by Pump and Tank scheme which will be detailed further in following sections.PopulationresidinginoldBhiwadiareaisfacingscarcityofwater.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
51
5.1.2.2 QuantumofWaterSupply In nine sectors of UIT viz. 1, 2, 2A, 3, 3A, 5, 6, 8 & 9, Bhagat Singh Colony, Vasundhra Colony and Sector 4 & 7 of Housing Board, quantum of water supplied is 3,52000 Gallons/day(1.6MLD).Totaldurationofwatersupplyis4hours,twiceadayfor2hours each. 5.1.2.3 TransmissionandDistributionSystem a) WaterStorageSystem Though both UIT and Housing Board have their own storage tanks, but presently they arenotbeingusedsincewaterisdirectlypumpedfromtubewelltodistributionnetwork ondailybasis. b) DistributionNetworkforPipedSupply Water supply network is present in UIT Sectors 1, 2, 2A, 3, 3A, 5, 6, 8, 9, Bhagat Singh Colony, Vasundhra Colony and Housing Board (HB) sectors1, 2, 3 and Sector 4 & 7. Water supply network covers 5921 plots with a pipeline length of 31 kms in UIT area; and1974plotswithpipelinelengthof12.15kmsinHousingBoardcolonies. 5.1.2.4 ConsumerConnections Presently, about 2666 connections have been given for water supply by UIT into its sectors and Sector 4 & 7 of Housing Board. Whereas, a total of 1100 connections have beengivenbyRIICOinoldRHBsectors1,2,3. 5.1.2.5 WaterTariff UIT is collecting water charges for domestic connections based on the plot size. Collection efficiency of UIT is 75%. UIT has fixed water charges based on plot size as representedinTable5.1.
Table5.1:WatercollectionchargesbyUIT Plotsize Sr.No (sq.m) 1 <100 2 100200 3 >200
(Source:UIT,Bhiwadi)
Rate (Rs./permonth) 50 100 150
| INFRASTRUCTURE
52
5.1.3 RuralWaterSupply There are 99 villages in Greater Bhiwadi Complex, of which 5 revenue villages are part of Bhiwadi Census Town. For rural areas, PHED is the implementingagencyofalldrinkingwaterschemes run by the State Government. Abadi areas of aforesaid 5 villages, even after being part of Bhiwadi town, are still being served by PHED. In other words, in addition to 94 rural villages, PHED supplieswatertoaforesaid5villages. TherearefourmajorschemesbywhichwaterisbeingsuppliedinruralareasofGreater BhiwadiComplexknownasHandPumpSchemes,TraditionalSourceScheme(TSS)/Janta Jal Yojna (JJY), Pump and Tank Scheme and Piped schemes for which details have been summarizedinthetable5.2.
Table5.2:TypeofDrinkingWaterSupplyScheme
Sr.No. TypeofScheme 1 HandPumpSchemes 2 Traditional Source Scheme (TSS)/Janta Jal Yogna(JJY)
Pump and Tank Scheme(P&TScheme) PipedScheme
BriefDescriptionofScheme When the hand pumps are installed in a village the systemiscalledaHandPumpScheme. In the Janta Jal Yojna and Traditional Source Schemes, the community maintains the scheme and the expenses incurred regarding electricity charges and the repair of pump and machinery and also Rs. 500 per month for the payment to the worker is reimbursedbythestate. When water is locally available and is distributed at onepointandmultiplepointsthroughreservoirthen itisdefinedasaPumpandTankScheme. In case house connections are released in such P & T schemes,itiscalledpipedwaterscheme.
Water, in all constituent villages of Master Plan Area, is being supplied under aforesaid four schemes from ground water only. It is learnt through literature from secondary sources that there is lack of water supply in villages. As per PHED, till 2004, there were 16 tubewells and 617 hand pumps in entire Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Many of these tubewells/hand pumps got dried. Total water production is 5.7 MLD from all the schemes in rural areas, which is inadequate. Water scarcity is even more acute in abadi areas inside Bhiwadi Town. Those facing acute shortage of drinking water includes
| INFRASTRUCTURE
53
Ghatal, Nanglia, Saidpur, Alampur and Bhiwadi. There are only 2 tubewells and 8 hand pumps for these 5 villages with service level as low as 20%. It is important to note that theservicelevelofwatersupplyschemesarebelow50%inmanyofthevillagesnamely Harchandpur, Rampura, Shahdod, Amlaki, Mundana Meo, Kaharani, Chaupanki, Husaipur, Bubka Hera, Naugawan, Ladamka. In some of the villages like Seethal, Udaipur, Santhalka, Tatarpur, Thara, Khijooriwas etc. number of handpumps has been increasedundersectorreformstherebyimprovingthesupplyofwaterinthesevillages. Piped connections from tubewell are limited to very few villages viz. Bhiwadi, Seethal, Udaipur, Santhalka, Khijooriwas, Guwalda, Tapookara, Nibaheri, Kamalpur. Villagers pay at a flat rate of Rs. 52 per month to PHED. Collection efficiency of tariff is very good (95%)inthesevillages. 5.1.4 IndustrialWaterSupply Greater Bhiwadi is an Industrial Complex wherein industrial areas cover about 29 Sq.km. These industrial areas have sizeable demand for water. This demand of water for industrial uses is being met from ground water extracted through tubewells. As stated earlier, there is no alternate source available in and around this region pushing ground water table at a very critical level which should be taken up seriously before it becomes too critical to reverse the damages done. RIICOisprimarilyresponsibleforprovidingmajorinfrastructureservicesincludingwater throughout the industrial areas. RIICO in association with PHED is operating and maintainingwatersupplysysteminallindustrialareasofGreaterBhiwadiComplex. There are five major operational industrial areas in Greater Bhiwadi Complex viz. Bhiwadi, Chaupanki, Khushkhera, Tapookara and Sarekhurd. There are some isolated individual industries along Tijara road outside existing RIICO industrial areas which also demand water for industrial use. A total of 2570 industrial units are there in these industrial areas, of which 1745 are in production and 825 are under construction. Developmentoftwomoreindustrialareasviz.KaharaniandPathrediareunderprogress and very shortly will demand for water. There are more industrial expansion plans of RIICO in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Thus, the demand for water is continuously increasingandwillfurtherincreaseinfuturewiththerapidindustrialization.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
54
5.1.4.1 ExistingInfrastructureforIndustrialWaterSupply RIICO supplies water in all its industrial areas by extracting ground waterthe only available source throughout Greater Bhiwadi for all purposes through tubewells by pumping. Table 5.3 provides details of water supply infrastructure created, owned and maintainedbyRIICO.
Table5.3:ExistingIndustrialWaterSupplyInfrastructure(2009)
S. No. Industrial Areas Tube Wells Nos. 1 2 3 4 Bhiwadi Khushkhera IID Khushkhera Chaupanki 23 5 1 4 Ground Water Table Yieldof Tube Wells Gallon/hr. Storage Capacity Nos.& Lakhlts 7CWR 7S.R 1CWR:14 1SR:7.5 Connections Length ofPipe Line Nos (km) IND:867 RHB:1100 70 53 21.6 18 30 Quantity ofwater supplied Lakh lts/day 40 21.5 2.5 25.5
Sarekhurd
Nil
30Mt. 40 30004000 1SR:1.5 BelowG.L 1CWR:2 2S.R:7.5 125 &1.9 2CWR:14 &1.9 30 3000 NA
(Source:RIICO,Bhiwadi)
RIICO has existing water supply infrastructure in four industrial areas Bhiwadi, Khushkhera, IID Khushkhera and Chaupanki. RIICO has also planned for developing such infrastructure for new upcoming industrial areas viz. Tapookara, Pathredi, Kaharani etc. RIICOhas33tubewellsthroughwhichwaterisbeingpumpedtotheirstoragereservoirs and being supplied to 2200 connections through a piped network of 122.6 kms spread overdifferentindustrialareas. 5.1.5 ProposedProjects Development of water supply infrastructure planned by RIICO in two industrial areas namely Tapookara and Pathredi is under progress. Details of proposed water supply projectsaregiveninTable5.4.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
55
Table5.4:DetailsofproposedwatersupplyprojectsofRIICO,2009
S.No. Industrial Area Tapookara (Proposed) Pathredi (Proposed) Tube Wells Nos. 4 2 StorageCapacity Nos.&Lakhlts 1CWR:4; 1SR:4 1CWR:16; 1S.R:8 Connection Nos 5 NA Lengthof PipeLine (km) 9.2 9 ProposedQuantityof watersupply Lakhlts/day 8 25
1 2
(Source:RIICOII,Bhiwadi)
5.1.6 DemandforWater As mentioned earlier, ground water is the only source for provision of water supply in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. There are multiple agencies supplying water in different areas and for different purposes through tubewells viz. RIICO in Industrial Area, UITand RHB in Bhiwadi Extension and PHED in abadi areas. Besides, there are private tubewells owned by industries, private developers, farmers which are not registered with any government departments. In absence of information available on water supplied throughunregisteredprivatetubewells,whicharesubstantialinnumbertohaveimpact on actual existing demand for water, it is prudent to calculate the demand for the terminalyear2031toplanthebasicinfrastructureforGreaterBhiwadiComplexwhichis expectedtobeurbanisedbythattime. Future demand for water has been calculated in line with the Master Plan for Delhi 2021andwatersupplyManual.Thus,thedemandofwaterhasbeenestimatedforyear 2031asunder:
Categories Industrial GreenAreas Domestic FireFighting Quantity Unit RateofWaterSupply 45000lt/ha/day 6201.48 ha 940.97 ha 67000lt/ha/day 1549115 persons 150LPCD 1%TotalDemand TotalWaterDemand WaterDemand (MLD) 279 63.0 232.4 5.7 580.1
Thus, the total demandof water supply in Greater BhiwadiComplex bythe year 2031 is estimatedtobe580MLD As per the Groundwater Department studies, ground water has already been over exploited in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. In view of the continuously expanding industrialization and consequent increasing population pressure on groundwater which will further deplete the water table, it would be prudent to conduct a detailed study to
| INFRASTRUCTURE
56
explore the alternate source of water and suggest effective measures to recharge and reinstatethefastdepletinggroundwatertableinGreaterBhiwadiComplex. 5.2 DOMESTICSEWERAGE 5.2.1 SewerageNetworkandCoverage An orgainsed sewerage system is an important aspect to create sanitary and healthy living conditions in any city. There is no sewerage system in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. All domestic wastewater generated in Bhiwadi town are currently discharged into the open and few closed drains constructed by UIT, RHB and RIICO. All domestic sewage gets mixed with storm water into these drains and gets collected at common effluent treatment plant located in Bhiwadi. Further there are areas which are not even connected to drains and their waste flows outside the house creating unhygienic condition. As per Census 2001, in Bhiwadi town, only 18% of the houses have connectivity to closed drains as wastewater outlet, 71% has connectivity to open drains and11%hasnoconnectivityatall. Toimprovethesanitaryconditioninthetown,UIThasplannedandstartedconstructing an underground sewerage system in the residential colonies in Bhiwadi. The area coveredunderplannedundergroundseweragesystemisUITSectors,1,2and2A,3and 3A, 5, 6, 8, 9, GH5, GH6, Vasundhara Nagar, Bhagat Singh Colony, Housing Board Old Sector 1, 2, 3, and Sector 4 and 7 and all Ashiana Schemes viz. Ashiana Gulmohar, AshianaGreen,AshianaGarden,andAshianaVillageandadjoiningareas.Totalnumbers ofhouseholdscoveredundertheschemeis6516. 5.2.2 QuantityofSewageGenerated As mentioned earlier, there is no record of actual quantity of water supplied due to unregistered tubewells. Similarly, there is no record of actual quantity of sewage generated and collected also. As per the information from Bhiwadi Jal Pradushan Niwaran Trust (CETP) Office, 9MLD of wastewater reaches existing CETP of which approximately 3 MLD is domestic sewage. Moreover, estimated 3MLD of domestic wastewatercollectedatCETPaccountforonlypartialsewagegenerated.Therefore,itis not possible to calculate existing quantity of sewage generated, collected or the gap betweenthetwo.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
57
5.2.3 SewageTreatmentFacilities PresentlyaCommonEffluentTreatmentPlantwithinstalledcapacityof23MLDlocated in Bhiwadi town is treating the sewage collected through open drains which include stormwater,domesticwastewaterandindustrialeffluent.TreatmentPlanthasfacilities for all primary, secondary and tertiary treatment of wastewater, but due to insufficient capacity, the quality of water treated is not up to the required safety standards. UIT Bhiwadi is constructing new Sewage Treatment Plant with a design capacity of 3.2 MLD separately for treatment of domestic sewage. But this STP is expected to run out of capacity as the estimated sewage generation is far beyond the capacity of the plant. With the pace of urbanization, Bhiwadi town is experiencing more STPs will be required tobedevelopedshortly. 5.2.4 DisposalOutlets There is no proper disposal outlet for the partially treated wastewater due to inadequatecapacityofexistingCETP.Aportionofthepartiallytreatedwaterisdisposed off in open agricultural field near Thara village. While due to limited intake capacity of CETP untreated wastewater overflow from the CETP which enters bordering Haryana due to local slope conditions. This creates complex administrative problems for authorities of Rajasthan and Haryana States. A proper disposal outlet needs to be identifiedafteradetailedtopographicstudyofthearea. 5.2.5 OngoingandProjectsinPipeline Two projects are under construction in Bhiwadi for improvement of sanitary condition in the town. One, laying of piped sewerage network connecting 6516 houses planned to serve a population of 56,000 and second STP of 3.2MLDcapacityisunderconstructionfordomesticsewage treatment. 5.2.6 FutureDemand To plan the infrastructure, total sewage generated till year 2031 is considered to be 80% of total water supplied. Thus the domestic wastewater generatedtillyear2031isestimatedtobe185.9MLD. Estimatedquantityofseweragegenerationshowsthatthereisanurgentneedoflaying apipedseweragesystemandconstructionoftheSTP.Againduetothelimitedsourceof
| INFRASTRUCTURE
58
waterinthisareaitisproposedtotreatwastewateruptothereusablequalitytorecycle it for nondrinking purposes so that the problem of disposal will also get eased and preciousgroundwaterextractioncouldalsobereduced. 5.3 INDUSTRIALEFFLUENT 5.3.1 ExistingStatus As mentioned in earlier section, industrial effluent is discharged into open and closed drainsconstructedbyRIICOinindustrialareas.Industrialwastewaterinopendrainsgets mixed with storm water on the way to the Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) located in Bhiwadi. CETP has a capacity of 23 MLD in which storm water, domestic wastewater and industrial effluent reaches together through common intake drain. As persecondaryinformation,atotalof9MLDwastewaterreachestoCETPofwhich6MLD isreportedtobeindustrialwaste.AmountofwastewaterreachingCETPismuchhigher than its treatment capacity putting pressure on treatment plant and reducing the quality of treatment. An augmentation scheme is under implementation raising its treatment capacity to 6 MLD. A separate STP is also under construction for domestic wastewaterpresentlybeingtreatedinCETP. 5.3.2 OngoingandPlannedProjects Augmentation of existing CETP to 6 MLD is under progress to treat the industrial effluent. Augmentation of CETP has considered only the Bhiwadi Industrial Area. But there are industries present in other industrial areas viz. Chaupanki, Khushkhera, Tapookaraandwillfurtherincreasewiththepaceofindustrialization.Thusthereisneed to plan for more CETPs in Greater Bhiwadi Complex to serve other than Bhiwadi IndustrialAreas. 5.3.3 FutureGenerationofIndustrialEffluent For planning of infrastructure for treatment and safe disposal of industrial effluent, wastewater generated from industries is considered to be 80% of the water supplied to industries.Thustheindustrialeffluentgeneratedisestimatedtobe223.2MLD.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
59
5.4 SANITATION Various alternate methods of sanitation are in practice including pit latrines, water closets with septic tank or even open defecation is also practiced. Details of different types of toilets being used by people is based on household amenities reported in Census 2001 for Bhiwadi town and socioeconomic primary surveysforruralareas. As per Census 2001, 37% of the houses have water closet, 23% have pit latrine and 32% are not having latrine of any sort and they defecate in open in Bhiwadi town. Thus the sanitary condition in the town needs to be focused on priority. In rural areas of Greater Bhiwadi Complex, 59% of the households are defecating in open and 38%havetoiletswithseptictank. 5.5 DRAINAGE Bhiwadi town has a complicated drainage problem. The town is surrounded by inter state border from three sides north, east and west and there is no sufficient slope towards south. The natural slope is towards east across interstate border into Haryana. Domestic wastewater, storm water and industrial effluent are mixed and flow into open drains. Due to lack of clear segregation of storm water, domestic wastewaterandheavilypollutedindustrialeffluentcoupled with ineffective treatment of such wastewater due to very limited capacity of existing CETP, no wastewater is being permitted to enter across the border. Consequently hazardous industrial effluents without proper treatment are stagnant at number of places within and outside industrial areas including agricultural fields polluting undergroundwater.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
510
In Bhiwadi town, RIICO has constructed open drains of a total length of 160 kms in different industrial areas and UIT and Housing Board have also constructed roadside drains. But there is general lack of drains in rural abadi areas even in big villages such as Tapookara, Burhibawal, Guwalda, Beeranwas, Milakpur Goojar. Wastewater flows on narrow streets/lanes from household. Due to lack of proper drains coupled with improper management of storm and wastewater flowingthroughexistingdrainswhereverexists,allthe wastewater generated is not getting collected causing widespread water logging. Limited wastewater is collected from Bhiwadi town through existing drains that includes industrial effluent also reaches to the CETP which, as explained earlier is running out of capacity. Further absence of proper outlet from CETP adds to problem of water logging at various places such as in Ghatal village, Thara village, near Kaharani villagemakingunhygienicconditionsinGreaterBhiwadiComplex. In view of the acute problem of drainage in Greater Bhiwadi Complex, it is strongly recommendedthatastormwaterdrainageplanbepreparedforentireGreaterBhiwadi Complexincludingruralsettlementsbasedondetailtopographicstudy. 5.6 SOLIDWASTEMANAGEMENT 5.6.1 ExistingSystem Collection of solid waste is being done in limited areas of UIT and RHB through private contractors. RIICO also manages solid waste in its industrial areas through private contractors. Door to door collection, regular street sweeping and cleaning of drains, cleaning and maintenance of public toilets are being done in UIT and RHB areas. As far as availability of infrastructure for solid waste management is concerned, there are 15 dustbins distributed in UIT and RHB served areas. Waste is collected once a day. As per UIT, 5 tonnes of waste is collected and transported daily. Collection and transportation ofwasteisdonethroughaprivateagency.Inareas,notcoveredunderwastecollection, wasteisdumpedonvacantplotsandleftunattended.Privateagencyentrustedwiththe task of waste management is dumping waste indiscriminately in open areas in absence ofanydesignateddumpingground/landfillsite. RIICOisseparatelytakingcareofsolidwastemanagementinitsindustrialareas.Private contractors are employed for cleaning of drains twice a year, cleaning of area once a
| INFRASTRUCTURE
511
year,cleaningofdustbinstwiceamonthandregularcleaningofroadsanddeadanimals in Industrial areas. Further management of industrial waste generated within industrial units is the responsibility of the individual unit owners. Thus in absence of any hitech sanitary landfill site silt, construction debris, fly ash etc. is being dumped indiscriminately. 5.6.2 FutureWasteGenerationandManagement WastegenerationinGreaterBhiwadiComplexby2031isestimatedtobe1024.6metric tonnes/day at the rate of 0.6 kg/capita/day. Beside, there will be hazardous and biomedical waste which would be required to manage carefully with the increased urbanization and industrialization. Thus, it is recommended to prepare solid waste managementplan. 5.7 ROADSANDTRANSPORTATION 5.7.1 RegionalLinkages Greater Bhiwadi is located on DharuheraSohna road, 5 kms from NH8 (DelhiJaipur highway). DharuheraSohna road, an upgraded NH71B, passes through Bhiwadi town. Greater Bhiwadi is well connected by regional network of roads to Delhi, Jaipur, Sohna andAlwar.Itis55kmfromDelhiInternationalAirport,200kmsfromStatecapitalJaipur and 90 km from Alwar. It is connected to Alwar via Tijara road (SH25) and to Delhi and Jaipur by NH8. There is no railway line connecting Greater Bhiwadi. Nearest Station is Rewariwhichis25kmsfromBhiwadiandnearestAirportisDelhiInternationalAirport. 5.7.2 HierarchyofNetwork There are mainly four categories of road present in Greater Bhiwadi, National Highway, State Highway, Major District Road and Village Road. Other than that there are village tracks which are either gravelled or kutcha. Hierarchy of road network present in GreaterBhiwadiisshowninTable5.5.
Table5.5:ExistingRoadHierarchy Hierarchyofroad NH(71B) SH(25) MDR VR TRACK Lengthofroad 4.5 17.5 25.2 123 26.75 Percentage 2.28 8.89 12.80 62.45 13.58
| INFRASTRUCTURE
512
|
Hierarchyofroad Total
(Source:PWD,Bhiwadi)
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 Lengthofroad 196.95 Percentage 100
Upgraded NH71B which passes through Bhiwadi town is 4.5 km long inside Greater Bhiwadi and SH25 falling in Greater Bhiwadi Complex connecting Bhiwadi to Alwar till Hasanpur is 17.5 kms. Other than that MDR61 & 61A running in eastwest direction, connectingTapookaratoNuhoneasternsideandTapookaratoQutubpurthroughBurhi Bawal on the western side of Greater Bhiwadi provides good regional connectivity. Further123kmsofvillageroadsarepresentinGreaterBhiwadiComplex.Alltheseroads areblacktopped.Mostofthevillagesareconnectedtoeachotherthroughtracks. 5.7.3 RoadCrossSectionalElements Detailed road inventory survey on all important roads of the Greater Bhiwadi Complex issummarisedintable5.6.
Table5.6:SummaryofRoadInventorycarriedoutonMajorRoadsofGreaterBhiwadi Complex
Place Road NH-71-B NH-71-B NH-71-B SH-25 SH-25 MDR-61 MDR-61 MDR-61 OR OR VR VR VR VR VR VR VR From Alwar Bypass RTO Check Post Bhiwadi Mode Neelam Chowk Alwar Bypass RTO Check Post Khijooriwas Junction Tapookara Burhibawal Burhibawal Nandrampur Bas Border Chaupanki Tapookara Chaupanki Ind.Area Matlwas Beeranwas Tapookara Akoli Nibaheri To Modern Public School Neelam Chowk Mahavir Aluminium Chowk Khijooriwas Junction Hasanpur Mehandika Tapookara Majri Burhibawal Kahrani Choupanki Ind.Area Karenda Beernwas Bilaheri Bubkahera Jatoowas Guwalda Major Land Use Left Mixed Commercial Industries Mixed Mixed Agriculture Mixed Agriculture Mixed Mixed Mixed Mixed Agriculture Agriculture Agriculture Agriculture Agriculture Right Mixed Commercial Industries Mixed Mixed Agriculture Mixed Agriculture Mixed Mixed Mixed Mixed Agriculture Agriculture Agriculture Agriculture Agriculture Existing ROW 30.9 31.0 43.7 44.2 34.0 18.0 30.0 7.1 14.1 60.0 12.7 6.2 8.4 7.2 10.0 9.4 10.0 Surface Type B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B/G B B Carriageway Width(m) Left 5.5 7.0 7.0 5.9 3.5 3.5 3.5 1.5 3.5 3.5 1.7 1.7 1.5 2.8 3.5 2.0 2.5 Median 0.0 0.9 1.0 Right 5.5 7.0 7.0 5.9 3.5 3.5 3.5 1.5 3.5 3.5 1.7 1.7 1.5 2.8 3.5 2.0 2.5
Note:B:Blacktopped,G:Graveled
AbovetableshowsthatvariousstretchesofNH71BhasdifferentROWvaryingfrom31 44manddividedcarriagewaybetween1115m.AllotherroadssurveyedincludingState Highway and MDR are having undivided carriageway. Also MDR61, has ROW varying
| INFRASTRUCTURE
513
from 730 m and carriageway 37m. Carriageway of village roads is varying from 3.0 to 7.0m. 5.7.4 TrafficCharacteristics Inordertounderstandtheexistingtravelcharacteristicsthroughcarryingoutanumber of traffic surveys so as to enable estimation of travel demand in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Various surveys done includes traffic volume count at identified locations in inner cordon, outer cordon and intersections, origindestination surveys for goods movement and household surveys for passenger travel characteristics and modal choice.Analysisofthevariousparametershasbeendetailedinfollowingsections. A) TrafficVolumeCountatInnerCordons Average 16 hour traffic volume count has been conducted at various locations in GreaterBhiwadiComplextounderstandthetraveldemandonmajorroadsoftheinner cordon and analysed the peak hour traffic and composition of traffic to estimate the futuretrafficandplantheroadnetworktocaterthetraffictill2031.Table5.7presents thesummaryoftrafficcharacteristicsonmajorroadsofthecity. Table5.7:SummaryofVolumeCountonvariouslocationsofInnerCordon
16HourTraffic S. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Location Vehicles PCU Hour Peak Traffic, PCU 1227 1190 1495 186 476 246 421 483 292 142 134 1872 3155 % Composition(%) Private &Para Bus/ NMV Transit Minibus Mode 71.6 59.0 66.4 74.1 65.7 72.3 78.0 62.0 77.9 75.1 72.2 63.7 76.4 1.6 0.2 3.1 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.7 1.7 0.0 2.6 0.9 19.1 16.9 3.8 17.4 2.0 7.1 2.1 5.0 9.6 18.0 23.3 1.1 12.9
Goods
9 10 11 12 13
GauravPathnearUIT GuestHouse PhoolBaghHarchandpur Road TatarpuronSH25 Jhiwanakarendiroadnear JhiwanaPoliceStation NuhroadnearSareKalan (AjmereGate) NuhGuwaldaroad NuhroadnearKohriKalan BurhiBawalNandrampur BasnearShreeCement Khushkhera TapookaraKaroliroad nearHondaSiel BurhibawalMajriSection MirchooniMusariRoad SH25,nearMaseetBandh NH71BnearCentral
14232 9015 12140 1848 3041 1839 4019 3959 2847 1567 1350 9751 33512
13092 10553 15738 1754 4847 2340 4547 5838 2840 1360 1068 14330 37689
18.4519.45 16.3017.30 17.1518.15 17.3018.30 12.1513.15 15.3016.30 17.1518.15 10.1511.15 17.4518.45 15.1516.15 07.1508.15 10.3011.30 18.0019.00
9.4 11.3 9.5 10.6 9.8 10.5 9.3 8.3 10.3 10.4 12.5 13.1 8.4
7.7 23.9 26.7 8.2 31.8 20.4 19.3 32.3 10.8 5.2 4.4 32.7 9.8
| INFRASTRUCTURE
514

16HourTraffic Peak Hour Traffic, PCU % Composition(%) Private &Para Bus/ NMV Transit Minibus Mode
S. No. Market 14 15
Location
Vehicles
PCU
Goods
NH71BnearGanapathi 25051 Plaza,Phoolbhag NearKahraniVillage, 9603 (ChandHotel) Source:PrimarySurvey
30093 14065
08.3009.30 18.0019.00
2596 1453
8.6 10.3
72.3 63.4
0.7 1.6
15.3 8.8
11.7 26.2
Thesalientfindingsareasfollows: ItcanbeobservedthatatpresentminimumtrafficisonMirchooniMusariRoad of 1068 PCU and the maximum traffic is on NH71 B near Central Market of 37689PCU. 813%ofthetotaltrafficflowisduringthepeakhour. 5978% of the traffic composition is contributed by the private and para transit mode. ThehighestshareofprivatevehiclesisobservedonTapookaraKaroliroad(78%) andthelowestonPhoolbaghHarchandpurroad(59%). Goods traffic is mainly on SH25 and other roads connecting to industrial areas. Highest percentage of goods traffic is at Maseet Bandh, SH25 (32.7%) followed by Burhi BawalNandrampur Bas near Shree Cement Khushkhera (32.3%) and NuhroadnearSareKalan(31.8%). InGreaterBhiwadiatpresentshareofpublictransporthasaverageshareof1% only. Level of Service (LoS) on each of the important roads of the Greater Bhiwadi has been shown in Table 5.8 which is calculated based on the road inventory and traffic volume surveys. Table5.8:TrafficVolumeandlevelofserviceatvariousinnercordonlocations
IC Location No 1 GauravPathnearUIT GuestHouse 2 PhoolBaghHarchandpur villageroad 3 SH25nearTatarpur 4 Jhiwanakarendiroadnear JhiwanaPoliceStation 5 NuhroadnearSareKalan 6 NuhGuwaldaroad Carriageway (m) 21.0 7.0 7.0 3.5 7.0 4.0 Capacity (PCUs) 7714 2143 2143 1071 2143 1071 Total Vehicles 14232 9015 12140 1848 3041 1839 PeakHr volume 1227.15 1190.1 1495.3 186.35 476.3 246.25 V/C LoS A C C A A A
0.16 0.56 0.70 0.17 0.22 0.23
| INFRASTRUCTURE
515
|
IC Location No 7 NuhroadnearKohriKalan BurhiBawalNandrampur BasnearKhushkhera 9 TapookaraKaroliroad nearHondaSiel 10 BurhibawalMajrisection 11 MirchooniMusariroad 12 SH25,nearMaseetBandh 13 NH71BnearBhiwadi More 14 NH71BnearGanapathi Plaza,Phoolbhag 15 NearKahraniVillage, (ChandHotel) 8

Carriageway (m) 7.0 7.0 7.0 3.0 3.5 7.0 15.0 15.0 7.0 Capacity (PCUs) 2143 2143 2143 1071 1071 2143 5143 5143 2143 Total Vehicles 4019 3959 2847 1567 1350 9751 33512 25051 9603 PeakHr volume 421 483.45 291.85 141.8 133.75 1872.3 3155 2596.05 1453.2 V/C LoS A A A A A D C C C 4.3 21.3 2.3 4.8 1.5 7.3 13.0 14.4 22.6 23.3 28.0 39.0 39.7 16.5 7.6 7.8
0.20 0.23 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.87 0.61 0.50 0.68
Traffic volume count on various roads of Greater Bhiwadi shows that traffic is concentratedonfewoftheroadsshowingpoorlevelofserviceonthoseroads.NH71B near Bhiwadi More, NH71B at Phoolbhag, BhiwadiChaupanki Road, Phoolbagh Harchandpur Road have LOS C whereas SH25 near Maseet Bandh have LOS D showing theneedtowidentheroadorprovisionofalternateroadtobalancetheV/Cratio. B) TrafficVolumeCountatOuterCordons The traffic volume count was conducted at 10 outer cordon locations for 24 hours and 16 hours based on the location. The summary of the traffic characteristics are given in Table5.9. Table5.9:SummaryofVolumeCountonvariouslocationsofOuterCordon
S. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DailyTraffic Location NH71B,DharuheraTaoru RoadatRTOCheckpost NH71B,DharuheraTaoru RoadnearMahavir Aluminium BhiwadiTijaraRoadat Gelpur NandrampurBasBorder TapookaraNuhRoadat Mehandika BolniBorder BurhibawalQutabpur RoadatQutabpur TapookaraDholpahari RoadatBubkahera Vehicles 33110 17272 8557 4537 3077 3018 1288 641 PCUs 44381 21684 12245 8145 5653 3488 1211 605 Hour Peak Traffic, PCUs 3871 2511 1196 562 491 286 134 62 % 8.7 11.6 9.8 6.9 8.7 8.2 11.1 10.2 Private &Para 70.4 54.5 65.6 55.3 58.4 73.8 77.6 77.8 Composition(%) Bus/ NMV Goods MiniBus 2.6 0.8 4.0 1.0 0.5 2.3 1.8 0.0
20.0021.00 18.1519.15 19.0020.00 17.4518.45 16.3017.30 11.4512.45 08.0009.00 10.3011.30
| INFRASTRUCTURE
516
|
S. No. 9 10

DailyTraffic Location Vehicles PCUs 552 539 Hour Peak Traffic, PCUs 88 86 Composition(%) Private Bus/ NMV Goods &Para MiniBus 77.1 79.7 0.2 1.4 5.3 12.6 17.4 6.3
% 15.9 16.0
KarendiJhiwanaRoad 472 nearKarendiBorder UjoliKanharkaRoadat 572 Matalwas (Source:PrimarySurvey)
08.3009.30 09.4510.45
Thesalientfindingsareasbelow: HighesttrafficvolumeonoutercordonlocationsareatentryandexitofNH71B into Bhiwadi showing that there is huge through traffic passes through Bhiwadi creating congestion which can be reduced by developing its bypass or alternate roadinHaryana. FurtherafterNH71B,highesttrafficvolumeonoutercordonofSH25atGelpur showingtheflowoftraffictowardsAlwar. The highest share of non motorised vehicles (NMV) are observed near Mahavir Aluminum Factory (21.3%) which is due to the presence of labourers in neighbouringvillagescommutingtoBhiwadiindustrialarea. GoodsvehicleshareishighestatNuhRoadnearMehandika(39.7%)followedby Nandrampur Bas Border (39.0%) showing the entry and exit roads preferred by goodsvehiclestoreachindustrialareasofGreaterBhiwadi. Table5.10:TrafficVolumeandlevelofserviceatvariousoutercordonlocations
S. No 1 2 Location NH71B,DharuheraTaoru RoadatRTOCheckpost NH71B,BhiwadiSohna RoadatMahavir AluminiumChowk KarendiJhiwanaRoad nearKarendiBorder TapookaraNuhRoadat Mehandika TapookaraDholpahari RoadatBubkahera BhiwadiTijaraRoadat Gelpur BurhibawalQutabpur RoadatQutabpur UjoliKanharkaRoadat Matalwas BolniBorder NandrampurBasBorder Carraigeway (m) 14.0 14.0 Capacity (PCUs) 5143 5143 Total Vehicles 33110 17272 PeakHr volume 3871 2511 Peak Hour 20.00 21.00 18.15 19.15 08.30 09.30 16.30 17.30 10.30 11.30 19.00 20.00 08.00 09.00 09.45 10.45 11.45 12.45 17.45 18.45 V/ C 0.75 0.49 0.08 0.23 0.03 0.56 0.13 0.04 0.18 0.26 Lo S C C A B A C A A A A
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3.5 7.0 7.0 7.0 3.5 7.0 5.5 7.0
1071 2143 2143 2143 1071 2143 1607 2143
472 3077 641 8557 1288 572 3018 4537
88 491 62 1196 134 86 286 562
(Source:PrimarySurvey)
| INFRASTRUCTURE
517
It is evident from table 5.10 that roads at outer cordons are having adequate width to handle the existing traffic except National Highway and State Highway passing through GreaterBhiwadi. C) TrafficVolumeatIntersections Traffic volume and composition of modes at various intersections of Greater Bhiwadi has been surveyed to analyse the intersection capacity to cater the traffic, details of whichareshowninTable5.11andTable5.12. Table5.11:TrafficVolumeatIntersections
S. No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 16HourTraffic Location BhiwadiMode SamtalChowk NeelamChowk RIICOChowk PhoolbaghChowk BKTChowk ManshaChowk OldSH25&BypassJunction SH25,HondaSielChowk SH25,Tapookara KhushkheraJunction NuhChowk,Tapookura GuwaldaMod Vehicles 43878 41952 41818 39722 37130 11666 20493 12953 12348 13611 12041 5243 PCUs 50290 45065 43867 42475 41803 12704 19314 15513 17208 15646 11806 5623 MorningPeak Traffic PeakHour (PCU) 10.3011.30 4231 11.0012.00 3285 11.3012.30 3205 10.4511.45 3512 08.4509.45 3579 11.1512.15 866 07.3008.30 1514 08.0009.00 1247 09.0010.00 1565 09.3010.30 1168 11.3012.30 11.1512.15 969 453 EveningPeak Traffic PeakHour (PCU) 18.3019.30 4494 12.1513.15 3788 17.3018.30 3791 14.3015.30 3658 17.3018.30 3259 17.3018.30 1281 18.1519.15 1625 17.4518.45 1226 17.0018.00 1252 18.0019.00 1365 16.3017.30 17.1518.15 987 540
Table5.12:CompositionofTrafficatIntersections
S. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 TrafficShare(%) Location BhiwadiMod,NH71B SamtalChowk,NH71B NeelamChowk,NH71B RIICOChowk,NH71B PhoolbaghChowk,NH71B ManshaChowk OldSH25andBypassYJunction SH25,TapookaraKhushkheraJun. BKTChowk SH25,HondaSielChowk NuhRoadChowk,Tapookara GuwaldaMod Private 54.4 56.2 54.7 55.0 51.9 70.7 64.0 67.5 49.6 61.5 74.0 72.8 Para Transit 17.2 14.1 12.8 14.1 15.4 4.2 6.7 5.7 5.9 6.9 2.2 3.4 Public 1.5 1.4 0.8 0.5 1.5 2.1 3.3 2.6 0.8 3.0 0.3 0.5 Commercial 9.6 9.5 9.8 10.1 12.0 7.6 20.7 18.2 20.7 24.5 11.4 17.2 NMV 17.3 18.8 21.8 20.3 19.1 15.4 5.4 6.0 23.0 4.1 12.2 6.1 Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
| INFRASTRUCTURE
518
Observationsfromthevolumecountatintersectionsareasfollows: It can be clearly observed that intersections on NH71B mainly Bhiwadi Mode and Phoolbagh chowk are the busiest intersections because these intersections are connected with higher order roads in other parts of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. It can also be observed that substantial percentage of NMV traffic is present on the surveyed intersections which are mainly connected to industrial areas such asBKTChowk,RIICOChowk,NeelamChowk,SamtalChowk,BhiwadiMod. Shareofprivatevehiclesvariesfrom5274%whereasshareofpublictransportis comparativelynegligiblevaryingfrom0.3to3.3%. There are three major intersections having heavy traffic flow in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. These intersections located on NH71B includes Bhiwadi Mod (3 arm), Samtal Chowk(4arm),PhoolbhagChowk(5arm).Armwisedetailedtrafficanalysisduringpeak hourhasbeendoneinfollowingparagraphs. Bhiwadi Mode: This is a three arm intersection located at about 300m west of Samtal Chowk Intersection. Western and eastern legs of the intersection are part of NH71B, thesouthernlegoftheintersectionleadstoManshaChowk.BhiwadiModisthebusiest intersection of the Greater Bhiwadi Complex acting as main entry and exit point. Morning peak of this intersection is from 10.3011.30 with 4231 PCU traffic flow and evening peak is from 18:3019:30 with 4494 PCU traffic. Total traffic passing from Bhiwadi mod in 16 hours is 50290 PCU. Arm wise traffic flow during evening peak hour isshowninfigure5.1showingmajortrafficflowsalongarmsonNH71B.
Figure5.1:BhiwadiModePeakHourTrafficFlowPattern
| INFRASTRUCTURE
519
Samtal Chowk: It is a four arm intersection present on NH71B between Bhiwadi Mod and Neelam Chowk. Commercial activities are concentrated around this intersection acting as main commercial centre of Bhiwadi. Total traffic flow from this intersection is 45065 PCU, of which 3285 PCUs passes during morning peak (11:0012:00) and 3788 PCUpassesduringeveningpeak(17:1518:15).Flowoftrafficduringeveningpeakhour through each of the arm has been represented in figure 5.2, again showing that maximumtrafficisalongNH71B.
Figure5.2:SamtalChowkPeakHourTrafficFlowPattern Phoolbagh Chowk: This is a five arm intersection located about 750m east of RIICO Chowk. NH 71B approaches the intersection in western and eastern direction. North arm leads to Rathiwas (Haryana) and southern arm leads to Harchandpur. Northeastern arm leads to Ghatal village. The 16 hours traffic at the intersection is 37130 vehicles. The peak hour traffic share is 8.6% of the 16 hour traffic. This intersection carries 3579 PCU in morning peak (8.45 to 9.45) and3259PCUineveningpeak(17.3018.30).Thepeakhourtrafficflowdiagram ispresentedinthefigure5.3.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
520
Figure5.3:PhoolBaghChowkpeakhourtrafficflowpattern D.HouseholdSurvey Household travel surveys have been carried out in the study area covering a sample of 936 households spread over 99 villages through stratified random sampling technique to understand the travel characteristics. Analysis includes the study of vehicle ownership, purpose wise distribution of trips, modewise distribution of trips and interactionbetweenvariouszoneswhicharedetailedinfollowingsections. VehicleOwnership Vehicle ownership in Greater Bhiwadi observed to be 0.784 out of which personal modes of transport comprising two wheeler, car/jeep/van and cycles account for 0.68. This implies 8 out of every 10 households own a vehicle. High personalized vehicle ownership of 0.68 indicates lack of public transport facility in Greater Bhiwadi. As the primary source of employment in Greater Bhiwadi is agriculture, the vehicle ownership of Tractor, LCV, Dumber, Truck and Animal cart were observed to be 0.093 (i.e. 1 in every10households).VehicletypewiseownershipdetailsarepresentedinTable5.13. Table5.13:VehicleOwnership VehicleType VehicleOwnership Twowheeler 0.541 Threewheeler 0.011 Car/Jeep/Van 0.114 Tractor 0.069 LCV 0.002 Cycle 0.025
| INFRASTRUCTURE
521
| VehicleType Dumper Truck Camelcart Horsecart Total
VehicleOwnership 0.005 0.009 0.007 0.001 0.784
Purposewisedistributionoftrips The purpose wise distribution trips are presented in the table 5.14. It is evident from the household survey done that work and education purpose trips account for 90% of totaltripswhereasworkandeducationtripsare53%and38%respectively.Shoppingis thenextmajoractivitygenerating8%oftotaltrips. Table5.14:Distributionoftripsaccordingtopurpose TotalTrips Purpose No.ofTrips Percentage Work 47629 53.28 Education 34112 38.16 Shopping 7235 8.09 Social 137 0.15 Religious 58 0.07 Health 229 0.26 GrandTotal 89399 100.0 Modewisedistributionoftrips The mode wise distribution of trips in presented in the Table 5.15. About 60% of the trips were observed to be carried out by pedestrians, 14% by twowheeler, while cycle andbusaccountfor12%and10%respectively. Table5.15:Distributionoftripsaccordingtomodalchoice TotalTrips Mode No.ofTrips %age Walk 53183 59.49 Cycle 10693 11.96 Scooter/MotorCycle 12634 14.13 Car/Taxi 2579 2.89 Bus 9014 10.08 Auto/Tempo 1297 1.45 GrandTotal 89399 100.0
| INFRASTRUCTURE
522
5.7.5 InteractionbetweenVariousZones Household travel data is analysed to arrive at Origin Destination matrices for various purposes viz. Work, Education and Other purpose. As the share of shopping, social, religious and health purpose trips are low, they have been aggregated and put under other purpose trips. OD matrices within the internal zones (93) are derived from householddata. Interaction between internal zones to external zones, external zones to internal zones and external to external zones is derived from the Outer Cordon survey data for passengersandgoodsseparately. Total OD matrices for passenger and Goods were arrived combining the Household and OuterCordonsurveydata. Thedesirelinesforvariouspurposesshowingthetravelpatternswithinandoutsidethe studyareaareshownforvariouspurposesinfigures5.45.8.
SCALE:100000 Trips 70000 Trips 50000 Trips 25000 Trips 12500 Trips
Figure 5.4: Desire line Diagram for Total Passenger Trips
| INFRASTRUCTURE
523
SCALE:70000 Trips 50000 Trips 25000 Trips 12500 Trips 5000 Trips
Figure 5.5: Desire Line Diagram for Work Trips
SCALE:6000 Trips 2000 Trips 1000 Trips
Figure 5.6: Desire Line Diagram for Educational Trips
| INFRASTRUCTURE
524
SCALE:25000 Trips 12500 Trips 5000 Trips
Figure 5.7: Desire Line Diagram for Other Purpose Trips
SCALE:2000 Trips1250 Trips 500 Trips 250 Trips
Figure 5.8: Desire Line Diagram for Goods Vehicular Trips
| INFRASTRUCTURE
525
5.7.6 TransportInfrastructureinGreaterBhiwadiComplex There is lack of transport infrastructure in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. There is a newly constructed bus stand near Bhiwadi mode for intercity buses running to Rewari, Alwar, Jaipur, Sohna and other surrounding cities. But there is no bus service for intra city movement. Also there are no organized parking spaces for trucks. Trucks of various transport companies are parked on street along NH71B and for loading and unloading of goods on vacant land or outside industries. Further there is one Inland Container Depot of RAJISCO which provides some transport services to various ports in India for export based industrial units in Greater Bhiwadi. This container depot is operating at a very small scale and has very limited infrastructure. Industries are mainly dependent on transporterslocatedinRewariforexportingtheirgoods. 5.8 POWERSUPPLY Powerisanimportantinfrastructurecomponentforurbanlifeandeconomy.Duetothe presence of extensive industrial areas in Greater Bhiwadi Complex power supply becomes even more critical infrastructure. Jaipur Vidyut Vitran Nigam Ltd. (JVVNL) is the agency responsible for laying the electricity distribution network and supplying power.. RIICO is responsible for managing the power supply in its industrial areas through JVVNL. Thus, RIICO provides land to JVVNL for construction of electric substations in Industrial Areas. Besides JVVNL, Power Grid Corporation of India also supply power in Greater Bhiwadi. Domestic and agricultural needs are also being taken care of by the same power distribution infrastructure. Existing main electric substations in Greater BhiwadiComplexwiththeircapacityisshowninTable5.16
Table5.16:ExistingElectricSubstationsinGreaterBhiwadi,2009 Substation BhiwadiI BhiwadiII Chaupanki PowerGridCorporation Capacity 132KV 220KV 33KV 440KV
| INFRASTRUCTURE
526
|
Substation Khushkhera
(Source:JVVNL&RIICO)
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 Capacity 132KV
Realizing the fast growing demands for power due to fast urbanization and industrial development,moresubstationshavebeenplannedbyRIICOinconsultationwithJVVNL. The proposed substations at various locations primarily, in industrial areas of RIICO are presentedinTable5.17.
Table5.17:ProposedElectricSubStations S.No. Location 1 RampurMundana(nearESIhospital) 2 IAKhushkhera 3 IABhiwadi(SamtelZone) 4 IAKahrani(BhiwadiExtn.Nearplotno.F40) 5 MilakpurGujjar(RHBScheme) 6 IAPathredi 7 IABhiwadi(Ghatal,plotno.F1258) 8 RHBSec4Bhiwadi 9 Chaupanki 10 Tapookara
(Source:JVVNL)
Area(sq.m) 2500 2500 2950 3000 2250 3000 3368
Capacity(KV) 33/11 33/11 33/11 33/11 33/11 33/11 33/11 132 220
B. SOCIALINFRASTRUCTURE 5.9 HOUSING 5.9.1 Introduction Housing is an important determinant for quality of life of people. It is the most basic need of human being after food and clothing that needs to be addressed on priority. Greater Bhiwadi Complex is predominantly consists of rural settlements. Bhiwadi is the only town in the complex wherein demand for MIG and HIG housing exists besides LIG and EWS housing. Since Greater Bhiwadi is growing as an industrial town, LIG and EWS housing for industrial labour is of greater concern in and around industrial areas. This chapterexaminesthehousingscenarioinGreaterBhiwadiComplex. 5.9.2 HousingStock Bhiwadi is the only town in Greater Bhiwadi Complex where housing stock is crucial for industrial workers. Total population of the Bhiwadi Town (2001) is 33877 and total
| INFRASTRUCTURE
527
numbers of households were 9143 with household size of 3.7. As per Housing Census 2001,total numberofcensushousesinBhiwaditownwere13981, ofwhich8545(61%) are occupied. Of the occupied houses, 8096 (95%) are being used for residential purposes and rest of 5% are in other uses. Out of the total occupied houses 72% are rentedand24%areownedbytheresidents. 5.9.3 QualityofHousingStructure Conditionofhousing structureisanimportantaspecttoassessthequalityofhousingin an area. Condition of housing is being divided mainly into permanent, semipermanent andtemporarystructures.OutofthetotalnumberofoccupiedhousesinBhiwaditown, almost all i.e. 99% are permanent structures. Permanent structures are the one which arehavingtheirroofandwallsmadeofpermanentmaterialsliketiles,slate,G.I.Sheets, brick, stone or concrete. Also if we study the type of material used for walls, 90% are made of brick and 9% are of stonewhereas 58% of the houses are having roof of stone, 38%areofconcreteand4%areofG.Isheets. In rural villages, the condition of houses has been assessed based on the household level primary surveys done for representative samples from all the villages. Survey resultsshowsthat76%ofthehousesarepucca,14%arekutchaandrestisinmoderate conditionwhichisbasedonthesurveyorsvisualassessment.Further96%ofthehouses areownedbythevillagersandonly2%arerented. 5.9.4 HousingSuppliers Private developers and Rajasthan Housing Board (RHB) are the contributing majorly to thehousingstockinBhiwaditown.UITisprimarily developing plots for residential purposes. Housing Board has developed Old Housing Board sectors 1, 2 & 3 and sector 4 & 7 of the UIT Colony. Other than that Housing Board is constructing and planning number of housing schemes in Milakpur Goojar, Kohri kalan, Bandapur, Thara etc. Categorywise number of houses sanctioned and completed till March 2009byHousingBoardinvariouspartsofGreaterBhiwadiisshowninTable5.18.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
528
Table5.18:StatusofhousesbuiltbyRHBtillMarch2009 %ofTotal TypeofHouse Sanctioned Sanctioned EWS 1692 31.5 LIG 1205 22.4 MIGI 753 14.0 MIGII 746 13.9 HIG 974 18.1 Total 5370 100
(Source:RajasthanHousingBoard,Bhiwadi)
Completed 1115 889 325 458 673 3460
Percentage completed 65.9 73.8 43.2 61.4 69.1 64.4
HousingSchemesofRHBinBhiwadiaredistributedatvariouslocationsviz.OldBhiwadi, UIT Sector 4 & 7, Milakpur Goojar and Kohri Kalan. Out of the total sanctioned houses 64.4% has been constructed and rest 35% are under construction. Remarkably, out of the total number of sanctioned houses 31.5 % are for EWS, 22.4% for LIG, 28% for MIG and18%forHIG. UIT is developing residential plots along with basic infrastructure making them ready to buildhouses.ResidentialcoloniesdevelopedbyUITincludeSector1,2,2A,3,3A,5,6,8, 9, Group Housing 5 & 6, Bhagat Singh Colony and Vasundhara Nagar. Details of UIT Schemesareshownintable5.19.
Table5.19:ResidentialcoloniesdevelopedbyUIT S.No NameofSector/Scheme Area(Sq.m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BhagatSinghColony Sector1 Sector2&2A Sector3&3A Sector5 Sector6 Sector8 Sector9 Sector9extension GroupHousingsector5 GroupHousingsector6 VasundharaNagar Total 379500 45000 82300 95000 133000 133000 100000 133000 65000 22500 53000 545600 1786900 No.ofPlots 835+54(EWS) 300 200 200 800 800 450+181(LIG) 200+160(MIG)+201(LIG) 75 79(LIG) 100+89(LIG) 110 4834
(Source:UrbanImprovementTrust,Bhiwadi)
Area developed by UIT for residential purposes in Bhiwadi town is 178.7 ha divided into 12sectors.Outofthetotal4834plotsdeveloped54plotsarereservedforEWS,550for LIGand160forMIG.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
529
Other thanUIT and Housing Boardwhich haveconsiderable number of houses reserved for LIG and EWS categories, a sizeable number of private developers are also contributing to the housing stock in Greater Bhiwadi but they primarily caters to the MIG and HIG categories. Ashiana Village, Ashaina Gulmohar, Ashiana Garden, Ashiana Green are the existingresidentialprojectsbuiltbyprivatedevelopers. Numbers of other private housing schemes viz. MVL, Krish City, Falcon City, Avalon etc. are under construction. Concentration of such private developers ismainlyalongtheAlwarBypass. 5.9.5 HousingforPoor Greater Bhiwadi is predominantly an industrial area where huge number of industrial workers is employed. Other than industrial workers sizeable number of population is involved in trade and commerce, construction and transport activities. Therefore, this area has significant demand of housing for EWS and LIG. In absence of the affordable good quality housing for poor, industrial workers are forced to live in single room tenement of very small size in rural settlements or nearby towns like Dharuhera, Taoru, Sohna etc. Occupancy rate in such rooms is reportedtobe4to5persons. Currently UIT and Housing Board are the agencies involved in constructing houses for EWSandLIG.HousingBoardhassuchhousingschemesinoldBhiwadi,UITSector4&7, and Milakpur Goojar, whereas low income housing schemes developed by UIT is in Bhagat Singh Colony, UIT sector 8, GH5 and GH6. Details of LIG and EWS housing developedbyUITandRHBhavebeenshowninTable5.20.
Table5.20:HousingforPoor TypeofHouse EWS LIG Total UIT 54 550 604 HB 1115 889 2004 Total 1169 1439 2608
(Source:HousingBoardandUIT,Bhiwadi)
| INFRASTRUCTURE
530
A total of 2608 houses have been constructed for poor, of which 1169 are EWS and 1439 are LIG houses. This is a marginal number as compared to industrial workers in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. A total of 2897 houses for EWS and LIG have been sanctioned by Housing Board, of which 70% is already constructed and 30% are under construction. Importantly, existing number of industrial workers is more than 70,000 besides the low income group workers employed in other sectors reflect high demand forEWSandLIGhousing. 5.9.6 ProposedHousingProjects Responding the high demand for housing, real estate construction activities in Greater Bhiwadi are growing very fast. UIT and Housing Board have prepared various housing schemes for future, especially for EWS and LIG. Table 5.21 and 5.22 show details of varioushousingschemesplannedbyUITandRHB.
Table5.21:ProposedHousingSchemesbyUIT S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 HousingSchemes PatelNagar KamalKunj EklavyaNagar Panchsheel SouthExtension BabaMohanRamVihar RajivGandhiEnclavescheme Area(Hectares) 55 40 180 280 340 10.62
Table5.22:ProposedResidentialSchemesbyHousingBoard S.No. 1 2 3 ResidentialSchemes(R.S) TharaR.S KhoriKalanR.S BandapurR.S Area(Ha) 50.56 65.47 92.63
In addition to above planned housing schemes by government agencies (Housing Board and UIT), number of private residential schemes are also coming up very fast. Some of the ongoing schemes include Innovative Colonisers, Dream Land Township, Kajaria Green, Krish Infrastructure, Krish City, BDI Sunshine City, MVL, Omaxe City, Avalon Garden,Kingfisher,DynamicDevelopers,TrehanHouseDevelopersetc.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
531
5.9.7 PresentandFutureHousingNeed An estimated puts the total population of Greater Bhiwadi in 2010 as 5 lakh. With an average household size of 5, housing stock required works out to be 1 lakh. In addition to that, presently a sizable number of workers is daily commuters from nearby areas outside Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Further projected population for 2031 is 15 lakhs. With the provision of the adequate housing and other physical and social infrastructure in Greater Bhiwadi Complex, it is assumed that at least 8590% of the population will stayintheplannedcityitself.Thus,about2,70,000to3,00,000houseswillrequiretobe constructedtoaccommodatetheestimatedpopulation. 5.10 EDUCATION 5.10.1 Introduction Education is an important factor influencing the quality of life of the people and future developmentofanarea.Itempowersthemwithskillsandknowledgeandhelpsthemto lead their life in a better way and to access best of the employment opportunities available in the market. This in turn will impact the work force participation rate and economyofthearea. 5.10.2 HierarchyofEducationalInstitutes ElementaryEducation TherearefourhierarchiesofgovernmentschoolsinGreaterBhiwadiviz.Primaryschool, Upper Primary school, Secondary school and Senior Secondary school. Almost all the villagesofTijaraandKotkasimtehsilshaveprimaryschoolexceptDeoseeka,Mahandika, Karampur,Karmsiwas,andLadpuri.36outoftotal99villageshavemiddleschools. SecondaryEducation Secondary education is an important link between elementary education and higher education and prepares children to opt for appropriate higher education. Status of population of feeder villages and feeder elementary schools under each of the SecondaryandSeniorSecondaryschoolsareshowninTable5.23.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
532
Table5.23:StatusofSecondarySchoolswithrespectoffeederelementaryschools No.ofFeederSchools Sr.No. VillageName GOVT.SECONDARYSCHOOL 1 Hajipur 7290 2 Lalpur 2811 3 Khijooriwas 13635 4 Salarpur 15000 5 Santhalka 10000 6 Beelaheri 4000 7 Nasopur 1500 TOTAL 54236 GOVT.SENIORSECONDARYSCHOOL 1 Matalwas 15000 2 Joriya 8100 3 BurhiBawal 10000 4 Tatarpur 9895 5 Rampura 15754 6 Tapookara 7934 7 Bhiwadi(CT) 30000 TOTAL 96683 Populationof FeederVillages Yearof Establishment 1994 2005 1981 1984 1997 1996 1999 Primary 10 2 5 10 3 3 1 34 5 1 3 10 5 1 1 26 Upper Primary 4 2 4 3 1 2 3 19 5 1 5 7 6 1 2 27
1989 2007 1999 1997 1968 1980 1992
As per Dept. of Secondary Education, 7 Govt. Secondary Schools are present in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. It is observed that number of existing secondary schools is comparativelylessputtingmostoftheschoolsunderhighpressure. 5.10.3 PrivateEducationalInstitutes Probably due to the inadequate infrastructure facilities and deteriorating quality of education in Govt. Schools, private schools are steadily growing in number in all upcoming urban areas. This trend has also been observed from existing landuse survey that large number of private schools has come up in Bhiwadi andeveninsomeofthevillagesinGreaterBhiwadi for elementary and secondary levels. Some of the major private schools include Modern Public School, Presidency International School, Central Academy, St. Xaviers Public School, R.S Memorial
| INFRASTRUCTURE
533
School,UCSKMPublicSchool,LipinPublicSchool,KDMPublicSchool,ESAIndiaConvent School, New Era Public School, Adarsh Vidya Mandir, All Saint International School, Hasanpur,CambridgePublicSchool,TapookaraNavodayaAcademy. 5.10.4 HigherEducation It is important to impart higher education to students for nation building and improved qualityoflifecomesnaturallyalongwithit.Highereducationactuallyenhancestheskills andhelpsinaccessingwideremploymentopportunities.Thereishugegapinavailability of higher educational institutions in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. There is one under graduation collage i.e. Baba Mohan Ram Mahavidyala for general higher education which is grossly inadequate.Anotherprivatecollegeofferingvocational training courses to girls is Annie Besant Girls College at Shahpur. For higher education students go to neighbouring towns like Alwar, Rewari, Gurgoan, or even to Jaipur and Delhi. There are few technical institutions like ITIs namely HONDA Industrial Training Institute, Bhiwadi; Shri Krishnan ITI, Khushkhera; Shri Ganesh ITI, Tapookara; Lord ITI, Bhiwadi Industrial Area; Kisan ITI, Burhi Bawal and Astha Dental College which is yet to start. Thus, there is an urgent need for colleges offering higher education both for generalcoursesaswellastechnicalcoursesinviewofthedemandforskilledmanpower inindustrialareasoftheGreaterBhiwadi. 5.10.5 SpatialDistributionofEducationalFacilities It was observed from the analysis that primary and upper primary schools are adequate in number and equitably distributed also. But schools at secondary and higher secondary level are inadequate and its present distribution is also skewed. Educational facilityforhighereducationisgrosslyinadequate. 5.10.6 DemandofEducationalFacilities ExistingstatusoftheeducationalfacilitiesinGreaterBhiwadiComplexshowsthatthere is huge gap in secondary and higher level educational facilities. There is inadequate numberofsecondaryschools.WhereasAspertheplanningnorms,thereshouldbe one integrated school one with hostel and one with without hostel facility for every 1 lakh population. For higher education, there should be a general college for every 1.25 lakh population.ConsideringthepresentpopulationofGreaterBhiwadias5lakhsin2010,at least four general colleges are required while only one college is presently operational.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
534
Thusthereisahugegapatthislevelofeducationalfacility.Asfarastechnicaleducation is concerned, there are adequate numbers of ITIs in Greater Bhiwadi. As per the norms, the Master Plan area doesnt qualify to have an engineering or medical college at the moment.GreaterBhiwadiComplexwillalsoneedaUniversityandtechnicalcollegeslike EngineeringandMedicalCollegeby2031,inadditiontoeducationalfacilitiesatprimary andsecondarylevelforfuturerequirements. 5.11 HEALTH Among various public semipublic facilities, education and health are of prime importance particularly in case of Greater Bhiwadi Complex as the existing Complex is primarily rural and grossly lack such facilities at higher level. Again availability of Govt. Hospitalsisimportantasitisaffordableforallincomegroups.GreaterBhiwadiComplex has adequate health facilities to serve the existing population size. In Greater Bhiwadi Complex Public Health Centre (PHC) are available in Bhiwadi, Tapookara, Jhiwana and also in Tijara at a distance of 15km. Further Sub PHCs are located in number of villages including Bhiwadi, Khijooriwas, Seethal, Saidpur, Beelaheri, Kahrani, Salarpur, Jhiwana, Nibaheri, Sarekalan, Tapookara, Hasanpur, Rabadka, Nakhnol, in Tijara Tehsil and Makdawa, Matalwas etc. in Kotkasim tehsil. PHC has pathological facilities for blood tests,pregnancytest,urinetest,Hemoglobintestsandanoperationtheatre.Otherthan PHC and Sub PHCs, E.S.I Hospital is present in Bhiwadi town of 50 beds with more specialisedfacilities. In addition to one Govt. Referral Hospital, one ESI Hospital and one ESI Dispensary in Bhiwadi town, there are about 26 private hospitals and nursing homes. Some of the major private hospitals and nursing homes include City Nursing Home, Gopinath Hospital, Gupta Nursing Home, Saroj Nursing Home, Gandhi Hospital, Gulati Children Hospital, Shakuntala Nursing Home, S.S. Hospital, Navjeevan Hospital, Santhigiri Hospital,GuptaEyeCareetc. However to serve the future population of 15 lakhs up to the year 2031, there is requirement of specialized hospital, general hospital of 500 beds and numbers of intermediatehospitalsofcategoryAandB. 5.12 RECREATIONALFACILITIES Recreational facilities are very important to lead a quality life in any city. Recreational areasinBhiwadiincludeparks,openspaces,recreationalclub,andcinemahalls.Existing recreational facilities cover an area of 56.76 ha which is only 0.75% of the existing developedareainGreaterBhiwadi.MajorrecreationalfacilitiesinBhiwaditowninclude
| INFRASTRUCTURE
535
Ashainas Tree House with facilities of indoor games, swimming pool; RIICO Children Park, UIT Central Park. Bhiwadi has quite a few small parksandtotlotsinallthehousingcoloniesandopen spacesinresidentialandindustrialareas.Playgrounds arenormallypresentinschoolcompound. Water bodies are also an integral part of recreational facility which helps in maintaining ecosystem. There is a magnificent lake i.e. Sarekhurd Lake on eastern boundaryofGreaterBhiwadihavingimmensepotential to be developed as one of the finest recreational centre. Sahibi River passes through Kotkasim tehsil in Greater Bhiwadi. Though presently the river is dry, if riverbedisrevivedandconserveditmaybeapotential recreational resource. There are 5 cinema halls in BhiwaditownandTapookara. As per the standard, more than 15% of urban area should be under recreational use. Theexistingrecreationalspaceisgrosslyinadequateintermsofareaundersuchuses.In addition to bridge the existing gap, recreational and open space will be required at city level,sectorlevel,neighborhoodleveletc.infutureplannedcity. 5.13 OTHERCOMMUNITYFACILITIES 5.13.1 PoliceStation Tomaintainthelawandorder,particularlyinanindustrialtownadequatepoliceforceis important. Spatial distribution of such police force through police station, police post assumesevenmoresignificance.Presently,therearetwopolicestationsoneinBhiwadi town and other at Tapookara besides seven police posts at strategic locations in Greater Bhiwadi Complex.Ofthesevenpoliceposts,sixarelocated in Tijara tehsil one each at Jhiwana, Chaupanki, KhushkheraandthreearelocatedinBhiwaditown at Bhiwadi More, UIT Colony and Matila village, whereas one at Beeranwas village in Kotkasim tehsil.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
536
5.13.2 FireStation FirestationisoneofthevitalfacilitiesparticularlyinthecontextofIndustrialTownship. Furtherit isimportant that such facilities are located at strategic locations so that it can reach to accident sites within a reasonable time. Details of this facility with locations in GreaterBhiwadiComplexhavebeenshowninTable5.24.
Table5.24:Firestationanditsinfrastructure Locationof No.of Firestation Vehicles Bhiwadi 2 Khushkhera Chaupanki 1 1 Capacityof vehicles(lt) 2500,4500 2500 2500 No.ofpipes 10 5 5 WaterStorage Capacity(lakhlt) Nil Nil 1 No.of Staff 8 5 5
(Source:BhiwadiFireStation)
It was reported that approximately 240 accidents occur in a year. Above table shows that fire stations are located at three important nodes of the in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. But facilities available are inadequate in these fire stations, as there is no water storage facility available in Bhiwadi and Khushkhera fire stations and vehicles are insufficient to handle the fire hazard. This important facility needs to be augmented on priority in view of frequentfirehazardsandintenseindustrialactivitiesinGreaterBhiwadi. 5.13.3 SocioCulturalandReligiousCentre SocioCultural facilities include multipurpose community halls, banquet halls, exhibition and fair ground, dharamshalas etc. Hotel Ridgewood, RHB Community Centre, Aggarwal Dharmshala with facility of Banquet hall and conference hall, Mohan Baba Temple and a fair ground along with many dhramshalas around it, Mohan Ram Temple at Milakpur Gujjar, at Alampur village on Gaurav Path are some of the major sociocultural and religious facilities in Greater Bhiwadi. Besides, there are number of small temples in villages. Baba Mohan Ram fair is organized twice a year on Baba Mohan Ram fair ground where lakhs of people gather. Beside two grand gatheringsinayear,itisalsoheldeveryfortnight.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
537
5.13.4 CommunicationFacilities Communication facilities mainly include Post and Telegraph Offices and telephone service. BSNL is the major telephone service providers in Greater Bhiwadi. Details of theirtelephoneexchangesandotherfacilitieshavebeenshowninTable5.25.
Table5.25:BSNLTelephoneExchanges LocationofExchange No.ofVillages covered Bhiwadi 17 Tapookara 29 Khushkhera 6 Gandhola 7
(Source:BSNLOffice,Bhiwadi)
No.ofLandline connections 3892 957 584 203
No.ofPCOs 224 79 50 13
BSNL telephone exchanges are present at four locations Bhiwadi, Tapookara, KhushkheraandGandhola.Maximum(29)numberofvillagesiscoveredfromTapookara exchange. Whereas largest number of connections (around 4000)has been provided from Bhiwadi exchange Besides, BSNL has given connections to STD PCOs.. Out of the totalconnectionsprovidedbyBSNL40%areresidentialand60%arecommercial. OtherthanBSNL,MTS,AirtelandVodafonearealsoprovingserviceinBhiwadi. Postal services still are important. There are two post offices in Bhiwadi one at Phoolbagh and other at RIICO Chowk and one in Tapookara. Besides Bhiwadi, there are subpostofficesatJhiwana,Salarpur,Guwalda,BurhiBawalandUjolivillages. 5.13.5 FutureDemandofOtherCommunityFacilities With the pace of urbanisation in Greater Bhiwadi Complex large number of various typesofcommunityfacilitieswillberequiredtocaterthedemandofpopulationtillyear 2031.Inadditiontobridgingtheexistinggapsinvariouscommunitylevelservices,there will be requirement of such facilities like police stations, fire stations, post offices, telegraph and telephone exchange, community halls, sociocultural centres etc. for the plannedcity,GreaterBhiwadi.
| INFRASTRUCTURE
538
Chapter6
EXISTINGLANDUSE
6.EXISTINGLANDUSE
6.1 EXISTINGLANDUSEDISTRIBUTIONINGREATERBHIWADICOMPLEX
Greater Bhiwadi Complex comprises of 95 villages and one census town (5 villages)named as Bhiwadi. Bhiwadi town is only 8% of the Master Plan Area in which 23% of the total population was residing in 2001. Rest of the area is rural where agricultureisthemainoccupation.Thus,presentlyalargeamountofarea(about70%) is under agriculture. Further breakup of the existing landuse, 2009 based on the manualsurveyispresentedintable6.1.
Table6.1:ExistinglanduseinGreaterBhiwadi,2009 S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Landuse Residential Commercial Industrial PublicSemiPublic Recreational Roadsand Transportation Agriculture WaterBodies NaturalAreas Vacant Total Area(Ha) 1493.92 111.62 1470.83 291.1 58 637.56 17418.55 700.4 1610.42 1315.61 25107.9 Percentage 5.9 0.4 5.9 1.2 0.2 2.5 69.4 2.8 6.4 5.2 100 % WithoutAgr. 19.43 1.45 19.13 3.79 0.75 8.29 9.11 20.94 17.11 100 Area WithoutAgr 1493.4 111.62 1470.83 291.1 58 637.56 700.4 1610.42 1315.61 7689.4
Someofthesalientfeaturesoftheexistinglanduse2009maybesummarizedasunder: TotalareanotifiedforMasterPlanis251sq.km; About 69.4% area is under agriculture reducing percentage share of area under residential(5.9%),industries(5.9%),commercial(0.4%)andcirculation(2.5%). Minus area under agriculture, the share of industry is too high (19%) reducing share of other critical land use like residential (19.43%), recreational (0.75%), public/semi public(3.79%),circulation(8.29%)etc.;
| EXISTING LANDUSE
61
Natural areas include hills, forest and ravines which covers 1610 ha (6.4%) of the GreaterBhiwadiComplex.Theseareasareenvironmentallysensitiveandthusshould notbeputtoanyintensiveuse; Existing water bodies mainly include Sahibi River, Sare Khurd Lake, streams and pondswhichareveryimportanttoconserveandreviveinthisareaduetoscarcityof water.Areaunderwaterbodiesis704ha(9%). Area under circulation is 8.9% of developed area (nonagricultural area) which is inadequateasmajorlogisticfacilitiesarepresentlymissing. Vacant areas are mainly areas where no construction has been done yet. For example Kahrani industrial area has been acquired for industries but neither agricultureispracticednorhaveindustriescomeyet. PublicSemipublic use is 3.7% of noncultivated area which is much lesser than planningnorms.Itshouldvaryfrom810%asperUDPFIguidelines. Similarly, residential and commercial areas are 19.4% and 1.45% of total non agriculturalarearespectively.Asperstandards,residentialareashouldvarybetween 2030%foranindustrialtownshipreflectingtheshortageofhousingstock. Area under recreation is just 0.75% which is negligible. There is an urgent need for provisions of recreational facilities to maintain a healthy social life especially an industrialtown. 6.2 RESIDENTIALDEVELOPMENT As mentioned earlier, Greater Bhiwadi Complex at present is primarily rural except the Bhiwadi town. Further Bhiwadi town include abadi areas of five villages amidst urbanizeddevelopmentsarounditwithoutanyopenarealeft.Existingresidentialareas in Greater Bhiwadi Complex have been divided into four categories based on density, detailsofwhicharegivenintable6.2.
Table6.2:DensityWiseDistributionofResidentialAreainGreaterBhiwadiComplex
Residential Low Density Medium Density Medium High Density High Density TOTAL Area 465.04 244.95 599.19 165.33 1474.51 Percentage 31.54 16.61 40.64 11.21 100.00
Low density area includes mainly rural villages such as Jhiwana, Guwalda, Ujoli, Beeranwas etc. wherein people have their independent houses with a huge open area around other than built up. Medium density residential area includes areas having plotted development and Group Housing schemes like Bhagat Singh Colony, Ashiana Gulmoher, Ashiana Green etc. Maximum area i.e. 40.64% is covered under medium
| EXISTING LANDUSE
62
high density residential area includes urbanized villages falling between Bhiwadi Extension and industrial areas viz. Saidpur, Ghatal, Milakpur Goojar, Harchandpur, Chaupanki,Pathredi,Karoli,Bureraetc. 6.3 COMMERCIALAREADEVELOPMENT TotalareaundercommercialactivitiesinGreaterBhiwadiComplexis111.62hawhichis 0.4% of total Greater Bhiwadi Area. No hierarchy exists at present in commercial areas of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. There are no specialized markets available in area. Retail business and general commercial is spread over all along the important roads. Total area under general retail business and general commercial is 100 ha, which is 89% of the total commercial area of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Except few organised commercial complexes in Bhiwadi viz. Ganpati Plaza, Ganpati Mall, BB Mall, Parshavnath Mall, shops are present along the roads. Main commercial streets in Greater Bhiwadiare NH71B, Old Tijara road from Bhiwadi Mod to Mansha Chowk, Gaurav Path, Tijara road in Tapookara village, Kaharani Road etc. Other than retail business and general commercial, there are few warehouses and godowns serving the trade & commerce and industrial activities of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. There are few hotels,restaurants,cinemahallsandfuelstationsdistributedinvariouspartsofGreater Bhiwadi. 6.4 INDUSTRIALAREA Industrial development is playing an important role in landscape of Greater Bhiwadi. Total area under industries is 1470.8 ha, which is 5.9% of the total Greater Bhiwadi Area. Major industrial areas in Greater Bhiwadi include Bhiwadi, Khushkhera, Chaupanki, Tapookara and Pathredi developed by RIICO. Kaharani Industrial Area is under development and further acquisition for more area for industrial development is underprogress. 6.5 PUBLICSEMIPUBLIC Public semipublic facilities includes educational facilities, health facilities, public utilitiesrelatedtowater,sewerage,power,socialfacilitieslikecommunityhalls,cultural centers, dharmshala, religious places like temple, mosque, gurudwara, other community facilities like police station, fire station, other facilities like cremation ground, burial ground and Government SemiGovt. offices. Publicsemi public facilities are integral part of the city covering an area of 291 ha. which is 1.2% of the Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Out of the total area under public semi public, 30% is under educationalfacilities,30%underutilitiesandrestof40%isdividedintoothers.
| EXISTING LANDUSE
63
6.6 RECREATIONAL Recreational facilities like parks, playground, stadium, club etc. are important for leading quality social life in any city. Major recreational facilities present in Greater Bhiwadi Complex are RIICO Children Park, Tree House, Baba Mohan Ram festival Ground. Other than these, there are small parks in various sectors and between industrial areas and playgrounds available with schools. In general there is lack of recreational facilities in Greater Bhiwadi. Land under recreational use is only 58 ha (0.2%ofGreaterBhiwadi). 6.7 ROADSANDTRANSPORTATION Good road network and transportation is life line for any city. It has special role in development of economic activities. Total area under roads and transportation is 637.56 ha. Transport infrastructure present in Greater Bhiwadi Complex is limited to bus stand near Bhiwadi mod and RAJISCO Inland Container Depot. About 99% of the area under the sector is roads showing negligible area under transportation facilities. Present transport infrastructure is inadequate to serve the huge industrial area of GreaterBhiwadiComplex. 6.8 AGRICULTURE GreaterBhiwadiispredominantlyruralwhereagricultureisthekeyoccupation.Around 70% of the area is under agriculture. Agricultural land use covers cultivated land, dairy farming,nurseries,andorchid. 6.9 WATERBODIES Total area under water bodies is 700.4 ha which is 2.8% of the total Greater Bhiwadi. Major water bodies present in the Complex includes Sahibi River and Sarekhurd Lake. Sahibi River is dry and farmers are cultivating the river bed. There are quite a few ponds/joharsinvillages. 6.10 NATURALAREAS Natural areas include hills, forest and ravines covering an area of 1610.4 Ha (6.4%). Thesenaturalareasareenvironmentallysensitiveandshouldbeconservedonpriority.
| EXISTING LANDUSE
64
6.11 VACANTLAND Vacant land includes the area which is presently not being developed and is under no uselikeahugelandhasbeenpurchasedbyRIICOinKaharaniwhichispresentlyneither under agriculture and nor industrial. There are quite a few such pockets in Greater BhiwadiComplexcoveringanareaof1315.6ha5.6%ofthetotalMasterPlanarea. 6.12 STATUSOFDEVELOPMENTPROPOSEDINMASTERPLAN2011 Master Plan 2011 was prepared in 1991 when 554 ha of area was urbanized. The MasterPlanenvisagedapopulationof2,25,000 fortheyear2011.Atotalof2550haof land was proposed to be urbanized till 2011. However, as per existing landuse survey 2009, approximately 3527 ha area got urbanized beyond the expectation. After 1991, Bhiwadi Industrial area grown swiftly and RIICO expanded its industrial development very fast. Besides, a number of UIT sectors and housing board colonies came up during theperiod19912009.AlsoprivatedevelopersstarteddevelopmentalongAlwarbypass which got extended much beyond urbanisable area 2011. Further new industrial areas Chaupanki, Pathredi, Sarekhurd, Tapookara, Khushkhera developed on the west and south of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Also due to the proximity of Kotkasim tehsil from NH8 and expected good future connectivity, private developers have started developingresidentialtownshipsinthenorthwesternpartofGreaterBhiwadiComplex showingtheimpetusofdevelopmentfromallthreesides.
| EXISTING LANDUSE
65
Chapter7
DEVELOPMENT PERSPECTIVESAND DESIGN CONCEPT
7.DVELOPMENTPERSPECTIVESANDDESIGNCONCEPT
7.1 DEVELOPMENTPERSPECTIVE Greater Bhiwadi is developing as an independent city with industry as its basic economic function. The same economic base is going to be further strengthened with world class industrial infrastructure. It is envisaged that by the year 2031 Greater Bhiwadi will be the Gateway to Industrialization in Rajasthan and finds itself prominently on the industrial map of the country. To achieve the envisaged goal, it becomes imperative tomake the city equally livable also equipped with state of the art residential, recreational and business environment. Bhiwadi by virtue of its location alongNH8andinthemiddleofDelhiJaipurdevelopmentcorridorwhichisgoingtobe a future megalopolis, has been identified as investment region by DelhiMumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) and made part of national level planning and development efforts.Since,BhiwadiispoisedtocompetewithotherregionalcentresandDMAtowns in the entire National Capital Region; this Master Plan has been envisaged to be a catalysttohelpachievethegoal. Thetypeof industrieswillalsoexperienceagradualshiftfromthetraditionalsmall and medium scale industries to hitech industries like Information Technology, Bio Technology etc. and their ancillary R & D platform. The focus will also be to develop it as an integrated town with all the amenities and the infrastructure for the resident population to create conducive living environment which has been found lacking in the existingscenario. Apartfromtraditionalmanufacturingunits,hightechindustrialunitswhicharelikelyto converge in Bhiwadi in future which would demand provision of institutional support system to accommodate diverse institutional facilities from finance and banking to informationtechnology.Moderntransshipmentandgoodshandlingfacilitieswouldalso beessentialalongwithwarehousingcomplexandfreighthandlingdepots. 7.2 PLANNINGIMPERATIVES Within the framework of policy for the development of the NCR and Rajasthan sub region and in view of the expected development pressures due to the identification of BhiwadiKhushkheraNeemrana as Investment Region by DMIC, alignment of Dedicated
| DEVELOPMENT PERSPECTIVES AND DESIGN CONCEPT
71
Freight Corridor (DFC) through middle of Greater Bhiwadi Complex, planned RIICO expressway connecting NH8 with Industrial Areas in Greater Bhiwadi Complex, and other proposed roads to access NH8 on north of Bhiwadi through Haryana, the Master Planhasbeenpreparedwithfollowingunderlyingimperatives: To prepare a Master Plan for the horizon year 2031 for integrated development to accommodate future growth of population and ensuring goodqualityoflifeoftheresidentsoftheGreaterBhiwadiComplex; To capitalize upon the opportunities created by changes occurring in the globaleconomicsceneandintheNationalCapitalRegion;and To make the area competitive for attracting investment by providing high qualityinfrastructure. One of the major objectives of preparation of Master Plan for Greater Bhiwadi is to capitalize upon the opportunities created at regional level. DMIC with DFC will create large opportunity for Greater Bhiwadi as well as for its surrounding region. Delhi Mumbai Industrial Development Corridor (DMIC) embraces parts of six states and 89 districts and has an estimated population of 231 million in 2009. At the heart of the corridor will be a new dedicated freight railway. Twenty four regions comprising of industrial regions (IRs) and Industrial Areas (IAs) of 100200 sq.km have also been identifiedacrosstheCorridortofacilitategrowth. One such Investment region is KhushkheraBhiwadiNeemrana in Rajasthan. The investment region (IR) is located within 50 km from the DFC which is passing through the the middle of the Greater Bhiwadi Complex. DFC alignment has been integrated in the Master Plan 2031. The IR being part of NCR and close to NH8 which forms part of the Golden Quadrilateral falls under high marketability region of the DMIC. Due to comparative locational advantages this IR has immense potential for fast development and the Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan will add value to the opportunities created in the region. 7.3 VISION The Strength, Weakness, Opportunity and Threat (SWOT) Analysis at Bhiwadi and regional level has been done to establish the link between present and future of Greater Bhiwadi which eventually has guided the concept of Master Plan for Greater BhiwadiComplex.ThereforethevisionofGreaterBhiwadiby2031isasunder: A livable Greater Bhiwadi with a vibrant manufacture and service sector economy as Regional Centre of NCR supported by matching world class
72
infrastructure with specific consideration for existing abadi areas with provisionsofbasicphysicalandsocialinfrastructure. 7.3.1 Strength ProximitytoDelhi Existing institutional support to industrial development, NCR Plan supports thesame Strong industrial base promoting other large scale projects proposed in industrial,residentialandcommercialsectors BoominindustrialandRealEstatedevelopment Presenceofbasicinfrastructureduetostrongindustrialbase Agriculturalactivitypredominantinthisregion,beingsemiaridascompared torestofthearidRajasthan Agrobasedindustrieshasgooddevelopmentpotential Largelandsavailablefordevelopmentwithvillagerswillingtopartwiththeir land Proximitytoothermajorsettlementsacrossthestateborder ClimateisconducivefordevelopmentascomparedtorestofRajasthan National Highway and State Highway are major means of access, rest of settlements fairly well connected especially industrial areas within the planningarea Servesasanemploymentcentreforseveralsurroundingstates Ram Mohan Baba Temple and natural lake on western limit of notified area couldbepotentialsitesfortouristattraction. 7.3.2 Weakness Inaccessible peripheral areas towards the State Border have lack of infrastructureandpoorfocusastheseareborderingareas Lack of supporting infrastructure for all industrial areas in terms of parking, truckterminals,loadingandunloadingdocksetc Unregulated ground water extraction in all industrial units through tube wells,includinginresidentialareas Lack of clear institutional roles and responsibilities between various governmentdepartmentssuchinfieldslikeinfrastructureandsocialfacilities provision Constraints of border and slope causes drainage to be poorly planned and industrialeffluentsareletoutintonearbyfieldscausinghealthhazards
73
Lack of housing provision for EWS section. No provision from RIICO and spontaneous barrack style housing with poor living conditions springing up nearindustries InadequategoodqualityeducationalinstitutesinGreaterBhiwadi Absenceofculturalandrecreationalfacilitieslikestadiums,theatres,etc Absence of facilities to keep white collared people to stay within Bhiwadi town.
7.4 PLANNINGANDDESIGNCONCEPT 7.4.1 StatementofIntent The structure and forms of the Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan has been conceptualized withfollowingintentions: Structure of Greater Bhiwadi Urban Complex as an organized system of nodesdefinedbythescaleofeconomies; To develop an alternative economic zone to complement and also to diversifytheexistingeconomicstructureofthecity Promote the function of Greater Bhiwadi as Regional Centre defined in the NCRRegionalPlan2021; Consider the natural growth trends in addition to the local market developmentdynamics; Promote support infrastructurephysical and social to support economies andlifeonsustainablebasis; Promote Mass Rapid Transit System that supports the economies and provideeaseofcommutetoandfromworkcentres; Promote logistic areas for the city such as Integrated Freight Complex and Transport Nagar, through an integrated approach between transport and landuseplanning; Promote development of congestion free aesthetic residential and commercialareas; Support through Development Control Regulations and enabling policy, controlledpublicandprivatedevelopmentofsocialinfrastructurelikehealth andeducation; PromoteGroupHousingwithlargeplotswhichwillpromotedevelopmentof scale,qualityofservicedeliveryandconserveenergyandenvironment. Promote conservation of natural and environmentally fragile areas like forests,hills,ravines,waterbodiesetc.
74
Consider ongoing and proposed projects being undertaken by different developmentagencies;
7.4.2 DesignConcept Based on the experience of several new towns and urban expansion projects implemented in the country, and keeping in view the contemporary thought and approachestothecityplanninganddesignafewareasofconcernhavebeenidentified which have greatly influenced the conceptualisation of the form, structure and design ofthenewurbancomplex.Theseareoutlinedinthefollowingpoints. ThestructureofplanhasbeenguidedbythephysicalexpansionofIndustrial AreasofRIICO Connectivity of Bhiwadi with NH8 has been very important consideration forevolvingregionalandcitylevelroadnetwork Rapid corridor like development all along Alwar road (SH25) particularly alongAlwarbypass. Administrative constraint on three sides (north, east and west) created by stateboundaries Presence of Sahibi river in southeast has also been positively contributed to shapethefuturecity Physical constraint due to presence of a series of hillocks dotted on eastern half and south eastern part of the notified area further guided the concept ofdevelopmentplan. Thus, the main features of the design and concept of Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan are asunder: 1. Two contiguous industrial complexes viz. BhiwadiKahraniChaupanki and KhushkheraTapookarawiththeirextensions; 2. Accommodation of future expansion of industrial activities to provide sustainableemploymentandstrengtheneconomy; 3. Anintegratedinfrastructuresystemtosupportindustrialbaseofthecity; 4. An alternative economic zoneCorporate Park based on IT, IT Enables Services(ITES)andothersofteconomicactivities; 5. ContinuanceofexistingCorridorDevelopmenttrendalongAlwarRoad; 6. Provision of high density mixed use on both sides of Alwar Road to attract investments. 7. Provision of residential development to accommodate an estimated populationof15lakhby2031;
75
8. Abadi areas within and outside industrial areas to be developed gradually andcontainthem 9. Provision of adequate physical and social infrastructure along with hierarchicalcommercialplacestosupporttheestimatedpopulation; 10. A well coordinated hierarchical road network to support goods and passenger movements within and outside the city guided by existing road networkandproposedconnectivitywithNH8andNH71B 11. Sustainablepublictransportsystemforthefuturecitydwellers; 12. Adequaterecreationandothersocioculturalfacilities. 13. Promoting environmental concerns at local level and conserve major environmentalhotspotslikehillocks,forests,waterbodiesandravines. 14. A spatially balanced development to be achieved through integration of landuseandtransportationnetwork. 7.5 THEPLANSTRUCTURE Bhiwadi has been planned on gridiron pattern. Major roads have been planned vertically in northsouth direction. While few major roads are running in eastwest direction perpendicular to northsouth roads forming a grid and dividing the area into sectors.Thetownisplannedontheconceptofselfcontainedintegratedtownship. Thecitycentreandmajorpublicandsemipublicusesarelocatedsoastorunlinearlyin a northsouth direction more or less centrally. The south and southeastern parts of Greater Bhiwadi Complex are relatively environmentally sensitive. Therefore, these areashavebeenputtosoftusagelikeInstitutional,RegionalParkandSportComplexto keepitgreentoenhancetheenvironmentalcapacityforconservation.Theexpansionof industries is expected in a big way for which adequate land has been kept reserved contiguous to the existing industrial areas to get benefit of the economy of scale and optimization of industrial infrastructure. In view of the potential on southwestern part due to proximity to NH8 and planned RIICO road link from Kasaula to Khushkhera, corporateparkhasbeenlocatedonthispartofcity. Residentialzoningalongarterialhasatendencytobemostvulnerableforunauthorized impositionofcommercialusedespiteallenforcementmeasuresbylocalauthorities.To optimize the use of more valuable land strips abutting such arterial, as also to impart organiccharactertotheurbandevelopmentprocess,theconceptof`MixedUseZoning' hasbeenadvocatedalongAlwarRoad.
76
7.5.1 ResidentialandMixedUse The residential use area is planned in the formof sectors with an average size of 60 ha. Atotalofabout120residentialsectorshavebeenplanned.Besides,45sectorsarekept under high density mixed use where along with residential, commercial and institutional use shall also be permitted both vertically and horizontally as per the requirements and proposals of landowners and Urban Local Body. Provision has been madetoaccommodate15lakhpopulationbytheyear2031.Outoftotal120residential sectors, 6 are of low density, 98 are of medium density and 12 are of high density. The highdensitysectorsinclude4residentialsectorsexclusivelyforaffordablehousing. In each sector community facilities in the form of schools, dispensaries, shopping centres, open spaces, parks and playgrounds have been provided in a hierarchic manner.Additionally,provisionhasbeenmadeforlocatingfacilitiessuchascommunity hall, baarat ghar and others within residential sectors as per the requirement of population. However, only city level facilities have been shown on the Landuse Map 2031 and community level facilities have been recommended as per planning norms whichshallbeprovidedwhiledetailingthesectorlayouts. 7.5.2 Commercial City level commercial centres have been provided in the form of city centre, subcity centre and community shopping centre. In addition, retail business and general commercial areas have been planned at various locations within the existing city limits as well as in future development areas. Also local shopping centres will be provided in each of the residential sectors. Considering the tendency of retail commercial use to concentrate along major arterials linear retail commercial areas have been located along city arterials and other important major roads in the form of stripsIn addition to above,commercialactivitiesshallalsobepermittedinhighdensitymixedusealsoboth vertically and horizontally as per the requirements and proposals of landowners and UrbanLocalBody. Wholesale market and mandis have been proposed inside the integrated freight complex (IFC) located towards west of the city well connected with main arterials thereby with regional network. Appropriate area has been earmarked for warehousing and godown inside IFC. A Trade and Exhibition Ground has been proposed to boost the local economy of the proposed alternative economic zone i.e. Corporate Park and also forculturalactivities. In addition to above commercial areas, few specialized markets have also been planned. Proposed Specialised Market shall have specialized commodity based
77
markets like automobile market, timber market, building material market, electronics andelectricalgoodsmarket. 7.5.3 IndustrialAreaandCorporatePark Presentlyabout2650haoflandisunderindustrialuseandbytheyear2031atotalarea of 5355 ha (about 2705 ha additional) will be developed as industrial zone. Large industrial areas have been planned at two locations. One known as BhiwadiKahrani Chaupanki Industrial Area in the northeast and the other known as Khushkhera Tapookara Industrial Area in the southwest. These two Industrial Areas have been planned taking into consideration the existing development and the future requirements. The industries at two locations provide sufficient spread of industrial work centres in the town with a view to reduce commuting distances. Both the industrial complexes have been supplemented with residential sectors to provide residential accommodations to industrial workers. In addition certain pockets have beenproposedtobereservedforEWS,LIGandMIGcategoryofhousingasAffordable Housing. Asanalternativeeconomiczone,amodernCorporateParkhasbeenproposedinview of the immense potential for nonmanufacturing economic development. Therefore, only nonmanufacturing activities like corporate offices, IT parks, biotech parks, R & D Centres, trade and exhibition ground, five star hotels etc. shall be developed in this zone. Proposed corporate park with matching facilities like exhibition ground, multimodal transit station (MMTS), golf course and amusement park shall be developed as an independenthighendcity. 7.5.4 RecreationalZone While planning recreational areas care has been taken that recreational areas are distributed in all parts of the city. Natural features such as hills, forests, water bodies andothershavebeenaconsiderationwhilelocatingrecreationalareas. Major recreational zones have been proposed along the outer peripheral road in the south and southwest. A Golf course with Amusement Park has been proposed on the bank of Sahibi River. Among other city level organised open spaces earmarked for recreational uses are the Sports Complex and Regional Park. Besides, there are adequate numbers of parks and green spaces distributed in the city to create green landscape.
78
A large Fairground has been proposed to accommodate gatherings on Mohan Baba Temple. The fairground may be used for other cultural activities and during the pilgrimagethesamemaybeexclusivelyusedforthepilgrims. 7.5.5 PublicandSemiPublicUse Extensive zoning for major institutional uses, public semipublic areas have been proposed. A large institutional area has been provided adjacent to the green areas in the southeastern part of the city. This institutional area will accommodate institutes of higher learning like university, technical colleges and other specialized research institutes. Various Public Semipublic facilities like health, education, post & telegraph, fire service, police station, sociocultural facilities and other community facilities (OCF) have been strategically distributed all over the city to serve the communities. Besides, adequate area has been reserved for public semipublic offices near Corporate Park. In addition to above, institutional use will also be permitted in high density mixed use both vertically and horizontally as per the requirements and proposals of landowners andUrbanLocalBody. 7.5.6 Transportation Keeping in view the projected population size of Greater Bhiwadi Complex, existing road network, MRTS (Mass Rapid Transit System) and RRTS (Rapid Regional Transport System) of NCR, intra and intercity movements, a number of arterial roads have been proposedbesidesouterperipheralroad. TheRoadHierarchyofGreaterBhiwadiComplexhasbeenproposedinconsiderationof regional and city level connectivity for both passenger and goods movements expected afterexpansionofindustrialbase.Thehierarchyproposedisasunder: OuterPeripheralRoad(90mROW) NH71B(60mROW) SH25(60mROW) ArterialRoad(60mROW)and SubArterialRoad(45mROW) Furtherlowerhierarchyofroadswillformpartofsectorlayoutdetails. The range of facilities proposed to support city and regional level transport network includes:
79
a) Bus Terminals Besides an Interstate Bus Terminal on the 60 m road connecting NH8 and NH71B further linking the main spine i.e. Alwar Road. In view of the future public transport needs, two MMTS (Multimodal Transit Station) have been proposed one in the Corporate Park zone and other near junction of outer peripheral road and AlwarroadonsouthofTapookara. b) Integrated Freight Complex (IFC) An Integrated Freight Complex has been proposed in the western side north of Khushkhera Industrial Area, which will have connectivity of regional as well as city level arterials. The IFC will have all integrated facilitiesinsideandisenvisagedtocatertotheneedofentireGreaterBhiwadiComplex. The freight complex will also have large area for idle parking to meet the need of Truck Terminalforwesternindustrialbelt. c) Transport Nagar Besides IFC, a separate Transport Nagar has been provided on eastern limit of city between outer peripheral road and arterial road along DFC both connecting NH8 and with NH71B near Karendi. It will provide facilities for idle parking of trucks, repair workshops, offices of booking and forwarding agencies, petrol filling andservicestationandrelatedfacilities. d) BusDepotAlargebusdepothasbeenprovidedalongouterperipheralroadatthe junctionwithNuhRoadtocatertotheneedofbusbasedMRTSinfuture. e) Helipad The stadium near UIT Sector 3A will have incidental use as a helipad to facilitateVIPsandemergencylifting. f) As proposed in the Bhiwadi Master Plan 2011, a Railway Line alignment also has been integrated in theproposed Master Plan. The engineering alignment of therailway line is yet to be decided by the Railway Board. This rail link is expected to strengthen theregionalconnectivitybylinkingGreaterBhiwadiwithDFCstationatRewari. g) TheRegionalRapidTransitSystem(RRTS) NationalCapitalRegionPlanningBoard(NCRPB)afterconductingastudyonIntegrated Transportation Plan has prepared a proposal to improve transportation and connectivity in whole of the Area. Thus Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS) has been proposed to connect the Delhi with cities in NCR through high speed rail link/commuters trains. The project will cover four states Delhi, Haryana, Rajasthan and UttarPradesh. AsproposedbytheNCRPlanningBoard,RRTSalignmenthasalsobeenintegratedinthe Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan which will further strengthen the regional connectivity
710
with the national capital. Provision has been kept for RRTS station at Matila village alongwith22ha.landreservedfortransitorienteddevelopmentbesidethestation. 7.5.7 EcologicalConservationZone An Ecological Conservation Zone (ECZ) has been proposed on the southeast of outer peripheral road covering an area of 2250 Ha. This area is infested with large scale ravines hence is an EcoSensitive Area which needs to be stabilized to protect the soil erosion on one hand and to provide much needed green area for improving environmentalhealthoftheplannedcityofGreaterBhiwadi. 7.5.8 PeripheralControlBelt1375ha Peripheral Control Belt (PCB) is the area between Urbanisable Area limit and Notified Arealimit.Objectiveoftheperipheralcontrolbeltistorestricthaphazarddevelopment on periphery of the city along road. This belt will have very limited activities permitted inside like agriculture and allied activities, mining/quarrying and stone crushing, motel, resort, amusement parks, brick kilns etc. Total area under peripheral control belt is 1375HadistributedinthreepatchesinGreaterBhiwadiComplex.
711
Chapter8
VIABLESIZEOFTHE CITY
8.VVIABLESIZEOFTHECITY
8.1 POPULATIONPROJECTION To work out the viable size of the city by perspective year 2031 population growth trend has been analysed and future population has been estimated. Alternative methodshavebeenusedtoprojectthepopulationasshowninTable8.1andFig.8.1
Table8.1:PopulationProjection Year 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011 2021 2031 SimpleArithmetic Method 46807 59272 88881 151844 235358 402387 652929 Geometric Increase 46807 59272 88881 151844 259371 443044 756783 LinearGraphical Labourforce Method ParticipationMethod 46807 59272 88881 151844 293563 632429 1502221 46807 59272 88881 151844 648000 809406 1549115
Due to induced nature of development the trend based projection methods are not expected to give true picture. Therefore induced development based on industrial activities has been made basis for future population estimation. However, comparative analysis of projected population using different methods reveals that linear graphical method puts the figure comparatively on higher side close to labourforce participation methodbasedonassumedlocaldynamicsandfuturedevelopmentperspectives.Hence thesizeofthecityisestimatedtobe15lakhby2031.
| VIABLE SIZE OF THE CITY
81
Figure8.1:PopulationProjection PROPOSEDOCCUPATIONALSTRUCTURE
8.2 The proposed occupational structure has been worked out around the industrial employment expected to be generated in induced industrial development in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Employment in other major economic activities will be ancillary to manufacturingindustries. Though demographic trend of Greater Bhiwadi Complex suggest a very high (52.4) workforce participation rate (WFPR) in 2001 which is even higher than the district average of 48.7. This distortion may be attributed to the fact that industrial workers living in this area are single without their family due to lack of housing and related social facilities. Hence, extrapolation of this distorted figure may not give a true picture both in terms of WFPR as well as composition of occupational structure. Therefore, based on induced development proposed, estimated WFPR and occupational structure by2031hasbeenpresentedinTable8.2.
Table8.2:ProposedOccupationalStructure2031 Occupation TotalWorkers Agriculture&Allied 35785 ManufacturingIndustry 168699 TradeandCommerce 92017 Percentage 7 33 18
82
|
Occupation Transportation ConstructionWorkers OtherServices Total
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 TotalWorkers 51121 35785 127802 511208 Percentage 10 7 25 100
8.3 For the purpose of preparation of Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan, Government of Rajasthan has notified 99 villages under Section3, Sub section1 of Rajasthan Urban Improvement Act 1959. List of 99 notified villages covering an area of 251 sq km (25107.46ha)includedasurbanareahasbeenannexedasAnnexure2. 8.4 URBANISEDAREA2009 Outofthetotalnotifiedarea3533Ha(17%)wasurbanizedtill2009whichisdistributed intheformofthreedistinctclusters.ItmainlyincludesBhiwadiIndustrialArea,Bhiwadi extension, Chaupanki Industrial Area, Pathredi Industrial Area, Khushkhera Industrial Area,TopookaraIndustrialAreaandTapookaravillage. 8.5 URBANISABLEAREA2031 Size of the urbanisable area has been estimated based on envisaged induced developmentandconsequentlandrequirementtoaccommodateestimatedpopulation by 2031. Estimated population for 2031 is 15 lakhs. Thus to accommodate 15 lakh population land required for various uses and size of urbanisable area for 2031 has beenpresentedinTable8.3.
Table8.3:Landrequiredfor2031 LandUse Residential MixedUse Commercial Industrial PublicSemiPublic Utilities Recreational Transportation SpecialUses(CorporatePark,,TEG,PF, NCZ,TOD) Area Ha 4900 1650 590 5400 850 300 980 2900 2000 Percent % 22.56 7.6 2.7 24.9 3.9 1.4 4.5 13.3 9.2
NOTIFIEDAREA
83
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 Area Ha 350 1800 21720 Percent % 1.6 8.3 100.00
LandUse Waterbodies AbadiArea TotalUrbanisableArea
Urbanisable area required is estimated to be 21720 ha. Large part of the area will be required to be under industrial (5400 ha), residential (4900 ha) and recreational (980 ha) uses. About 6% of the total notified area has been kept as peripheral control belt and 9% as ecological conservation zone. Further rest of the facilities has been provided as per the norms for an industrial township and worked out after studying UDPFI Guidelines, the Master Plans of Delhi, Noida and Greater Noida. All the land required for future development has been taken on southern direction only because interstate boundaryrestrictsdevelopmentonthreesidesnorth,eastandwest. 8.6 PLANNINGZONES Based on the existing characteristics, including economic activities, landuse, physical constrains and their interplay, Greater Bhiwadi Complex has been divided into eight planning zones. First six zones areurbanisablewhile seventh zone is peripheral control belt and eighth is ecological conservation zone. Urbansiable zones have been planned to be self sufficient in terms of their economic, commercial and recreational needs at locallevel. For higher level commercial, educational and health facilities, TapookaraJhiwana Planning Zone (Zone C) and Khori Kalan Planning Zone (Zone D) will serve as Central Business District (CBD) and educational and recreational hub respectively. Bhiwadi Khijooriwas Planning Zone (Zone B) and TapookaraJhiwana Planning Zone (Zone C) are primarily residential with adequate provision of physical, social and economic infrastructuresupportingrespectiveresidentialcommunity.
Table8.4:PlanningZones2031 Zone PlanningZones A BhiwadiKaharaniChaupankiIndustrialZone B BhiwadiKhijooriwasPlanningZone C TapookaraJhiwanaPlanningZone D KhoriKalanPlanningZone E KhushkheraTapookaraIndustrialZone F CorporateParkPlanningZone G PeripheralControlBelt H EcologicalConservationZone Total Area(ha) 4541.9 3457 2254.3 2157.2 5707.3 2765.2 1761.2 2463.8 25107.8
84
(A) BhiwadiKaharaniChaupanki Industrial Zone is spread over an area of 4542 ha. This zone mainly covers existing Bhiwadi PhaseI to PhaseV, Chaupanki and Pathredi Industrial Areas. It will also be including Kaharni industrial area which is under development. Some of the major abadi areas falling in this zone are Ghatal, Harchandpur, Rampura, Shahdod, Beelaheri, Kaharni, Karenda, Bahadari, Pathredi, Chaupanki, Husaipur, Bandapur, Bhadari, Gadpur, Phalsa, Bhoodli etc. This zone has number of existing public semi public facilities such as Honda ITI, Loards ITI, Fire Station, Post Office, JVVNL 132 and 220 KVA electric substations, ESI Hospital and commercial complexes like B.B. Mall, Central Market, Ganpati Mall, Ganpati Plaza, Hanuman Complex, Dhaba Complex, Hotel Ridgewood etc. Also number of government and semigovernment offices of RIICOI & RIICOII, Bhiwadi Manufacturers Association, Assistant Commissioner of Police, JVVNL office etc are falling in this zone. Other than existing development, further industrial area for future extension and few residential sectors in northeast near Rampura and in southeast near Bandapur village with adequatesupportingeducational,healthandcommercialfacilitieshavebeenproposed. (B) BhiwadiKhijooriwas Planning Zone comprises of existing developed bhiwadi townanditsfastdevelopingsurroundingswhichspreadsoveranareaof3457ha.Abadi areas falling in this zone are Bhiwadi, Naglia, Alampur, Saidpur, Milakpur Goojar, Khanpur, Khijooriwas, Khijarpur, Godhan and Udaipur. This zone is primarily residential areas with urban basic services. Important landmarks falling in this zone are Bhiwadi mode, Mansha Chowk, Baba Mohan Ram temple, Power Grid Corporation of India, SRF Chemicals,NaharIndustriesetc.Majorresidentialareaspresentinthiszonearesectors of UIT, old sectors 1, 2, 3 and sector 4 & 7 of Housing Board, Bhagat Singh Colony, Ashiana Gulmoher, Ashiana Village, Aashiana Baghicha etc. Public semipublic facilities, recreational and social facilities essential to sustain the present town population are available. Some of the such major such facilities include Ashiana Tree house, UIT Park, AshianaVillageCentre,NaginaGarden.DFCcorridordefinessouthernlimitofthiszone. In addition to existing residential and supporting facilities new residential sectors with plannedfacilitieshasbeenproposedinthiszone.Astretchof4.5kmsofmixedlanduse falls in this zone along which major commercial and transportation facilities have been proposed. Two subcitycentres, ISBT and a large fairground have beenproposed in this zone. Also a regional transport system named as Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS) alignment along with its station and space reserved for Transit Oriented Development (TOD)proposedbyNCRPBisfallinginthiszone. (C) TapookaraJhiwana Planning Zone has been proposed to have city centre and redevelopmentofTapookaravillage.ThiszoneisboundedonthenorthbyDFCwhileby TapookaraNuhu Road on the south. Its western limit is defined by Alwar road and on theeastbyChaupankiIndustrialbelt.
85
Tapookara is the most important existing settlement accessible to all parts of the Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Most of the major arterials converge at Tapookara making it congested.Therefore,manyalternateroadstobypassdenselybuiltupTapookaraanda flyover on SH25 have been proposed at this location. Total area covered under this zoneisabout2254.3ha. (D) Khori Kalan Planning Zone is located on southern part of the proposed city on east of Alwar road. Proposed outer peripheral road separates this zone from Ecological Conservation Zone on south. The zone is relatively small in size (2157.2 ha.) endowed with Khori Kalan protected forest on hillocks. Further presence of ravines on eastern part makes this zone environmentally sensitive. Hence, ecofriendly usage like Regional Park, Sports Complex and institutional areas has been proposed around these natural areas. Few residential sectors have also been proposed on eastern part. About 4 Km of mixed landuse stretch of Alwar road south of Tapookara is part of this zone. Adequate planned facilities have been proposed for the residential sectors as well as institutional for community housed in this zone.Major abadi villages in the zone includes Gandhola, KhoriKalan,MirchoniandMusari. (E) KhushkheraTapookara Industrial Zone is located on west of Alwar road and extends up to Sahibi river on the west covering an area of 5707.3 ha. On south it is boundedbyexpresswayandispredominantlyindustrial.RIICOhasacquiredlargechunk of land on north and south of existing industrial area. Additional land has been reserved for industrial expansion in future on the west of existing industrial area. An Integrated Freight Complex (IFC) towards north and few sectors of residential on south, along expressway, have been proposed. Major villages in the zone include Burhibawal, Rabarka,Mahesara,Kamalpur,Bureraetc. (F) Corporate Park Planning Zone forms an alternative economic zone and is locatedonthewesternendofGreaterBhiwadiwestofSahibiriverspreadoveranarea of 2765.2 ha. Presently this zone is predominantly agricultural showing immense potential for nonmanufacturing economic development. Proposed Corporate Park along with few residential sectors on west and south with matching facilities like exhibition ground, Multimodal Transit Station (MMTS), golf course and amusement park will be an independent hiend city. Abadi villages in this zone include Jatoowas, Beeranwas,Ujoli,Lalpur,Akoli,Deoseeka,JakhowasandHajnaka. (G) Peripheral Control Belt (PCB) is distributed at three locations. The major chunk ofthisbeltislocatedonsouthofouterperipheralroadandwestofSH25.Inadditiona stripofmixeduseonthesouthofouterperipheralroadandonbothsidesalongstretch ofAlwarRoadfallinginthiszone.Othertwosmallpatchesoftheperipheralcontrolbelt
86
are located on outer periphery along Haryana Border on eastern and central west (north of zone E & F) of Notified Area. Villages which are part of this zone includes Makdawa, Matalwas, Hajipur, Majri, Madhopur, Hasanpur and Meethiyawas,. Total areaunderPCBisabout1761.2ha. (H) Ecological Conservation Zone (ECZ) falls on the south east of the outer peripheral road covering an area of 2463.8 Ha. This area is mainly ravines infested hence an EcoSensitive Area and will have limited ecofriendly low intensity uses. The lake between Sare Khurd and Udhanwas falling in this zone is a potential tourist attraction.Thoughthelakeisoutsidetheurbanisablearea,itisbeingproposedthatthe lake front may be developed for tourism purpose. An STP, solid waste disposal site, social facilities like school, hospital, police station, fire station to serve the villages falling in this zone and adjoining Sarekhurd Industrial Area has been proposed in this zone. Villages which are part of this zone includes Bhub ka hera, Nebaheri, Guwalda, SareKalan,SareKhurd,Ladpuri,UdhanwasandKulawat.
87
Chapter9
LANDUSEPLAN
9.LANDUSEPLAN
9.1 DESIGNPOPULATION GreaterBhiwadiMasterPlanhasbeenpreparedforadesignpopulationof15lakh.The Notified Area considered for Master Plan covers 99 notified villages including Bhiwadi CensusTown.AllsuchvillagesinMasterPlanhavebeentermedasabadiareas. 9.2 LANDUSEDISTRIBUTION TheproposedlanduseallocationintheMasterPlanforGreaterBhiwadi2031follows a distinct hierarchical order. The total area to be developed has been divided into sectors and facilities have been distributed as per the norms established after careful study of UDPFI Guidelines and Master Plans for Noida and Greater Noida, as these two cities are being established under the U.P. Industrial Development Act for the promotionofindustries,andhavingcomparablecharacteristicswithGreaterBhiwadi. 9.2.1 HierarchicalLandUseAllocation The distribution of facilities is planned at three levels: i) firstly at the city (Greater BhiwadiComplex)levelforapopulationof15lakhby2031;secondlyatthecommunity levelwithpopulationof75,0001,00,000andiii)finallyatthesectorlevelwithaverage populationrangingfrom15,00020,000persons.Atalltheselevels,facilitiesrelatedto commerce, health, education, communication, sociocultural, recreational, transportation are planned as per the norms established. The complete matrix of facilities and the areas required at the city level, sector and community levels has been showninTable9.1.
Table 9.1: Matrix for Proposed Facilities and Area at City Level (for a population of 15 lakh in 2031) TypeofFacilities No.ofunits Area per TotalArea unit (Ha) (Ha) i. GovernmentOffices Offices related to local development and 3 95 governance&industrialdevelopment
| LAND USE PLAN
91
|
TypeofFacilities
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 No.ofunits 9 6 1 5 8 4 1 4 5 3 3 3 2 6 6 3 3 3 1 5 15 Area per TotalArea unit (Ha) (Ha) 95 6 4 8 3.8 4.8 1.5 2.5 2.5 4 2 12 0.42 0.8 2025 4 54 24 28.3 106.3 40 371.8
ii. 1 2 3 iii. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 iv. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 vii 1 2 viii 1 2 3 4 ix 1 2 3
SubTotal HealthFacilities GeneralHospital IntermediateHospitalCategoryA SuperSpecialityHospital SubTotal EducationalFacilities College SpecialisedInstitutions UniversityCampus Engineering/MedicalCollage IntegratedSchoolWithoutHostelA IntegratedSchoolWithHostelB SchoolforHandicappedChildren OtherMainExistingInstitutions SubTotal SocioCulturalFacilities AuditoriumforArtsPerformance MeditationandSpiritualCentre Music,DanceandDramaClub OpenAirTheatre PublicLibrary SocioculturalCentre Dharamshala SubTotal TelecommunicationFacilities Post&TelegraphOffice TelephoneExchange SubTotal Utilities SewageTreatmentPlant CommonEffluentTreatmentPlant SolidWasteDisposalSite ElectricSubStation SubTotal Commercial CityCentre SubCityCentre CommunityShoppingCentre
30.4 19.2 2.4 24.6 488.4 6.0 12.5 7.5 12 6 24 6 74 2.52 4 7.3 83.8 93 51.5 73.9 302.3 57.7 109.6 60
| LAND USE PLAN
92
|
TypeofFacilities
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 No.ofunits 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 9 9 Area per TotalArea unit (Ha) (Ha) 62.4 299.6 589.3 1213 12 1.5 1.5 138 158 116 7.0 44 64.5 62 2.0 454 1045.5 16.7 25.9 2.5 2.6 25.2 186.7 17 276.7 12 13.5 13.5 39 2721.4
4 5 x) xi) xii) 1 2 3
SpecialisedMarket RetailBusiness&GeneralCommercial SubTotal Recreational RegionalPark GolfCourse/AmusementPark CityLevelSportsComplex Stadium FairGround TradeandExhibitionGround CityLevelPark/Park UITPark GreenBuffer SubTotal Transportationfacilities BusDepot InterStateBusTerminal RegionalRapidTransitStation RailwayStation MultiModalTransitStation Helipad IntegratedFreightComplex TransportNagar SubTotal OtherCommunityFacility FireStation SubFireStation PoliceStation Subtotal GrandTotal
Community Level and Sector Level required facilities are given in Tables 9.2 and 9.3 respectively.
Table9.2:MatrixforrequiredfacilitiesatCommunityLevelforapopulationof100,000 No. of AreainHa. S.No. Level Facilities Units PerUnit Total Population Intermediate Hospital category 1 1,00,000 C(101200beds) 1 1 1
| LAND USE PLAN
93
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 No. Units 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 6 1 1 1 1 1 of AreainHa. PerUnit Total 0.5 0.08 0.2 0.2 0.03 0.2 0.25 4 0.1 0.08 1 0.5 0.2 0.3 0.2 5 3 2 0.1 0.5 0.16 0.4 0.4 0.03 0.2 0.25 4 0.1 0.08 2 0.5 0.6 1.8 0.2 5 3 2 0.1
S.No. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Level
Facilities Intermediate Hospital category D(upto100beds) FamilyWelfareCentre Maternity Home (upto 50 beds) Nursing Home/Polyclinic (upto 50beds) Dispensary for pet animals & birds School for Mentally/Physically Challenged CommunityPostoffice CommunityCentre SocioCulturalCentre BanquetHall ElectricSubStation66Kv PolicePost LPGGodown PetrolPump/CNGStation Recreationalclub CommunityPark CommunitySportsCentre MultipurposePark/Ground BusTerminal
Table9.3:MatrixforrequiredfacilitiesatSectorLevelforapopulationof15,000 No. of AreainHa. S.No. Level Facilities Units PerUnit Total Housing cluster: i. 250population TotLot 1 0.02 0.2 NurserySchool 2 0.1 2 Primary/MiddleSchool 1 0.2 0.2 ReligiousBuilding 1 0.05 0.05 Housing Block ii. MilkBooth 1 0.015 0.015 Population5000 ConvenienceShopping 1 0.1 0.1 HousingareaPark 1 0.5 0.5 HousingareaPlayground 1 0.5 0.5 SeniorSecondarySchool 1 0.6 0.6 Sector iii. Population: Dispensary 1 0.12 0.12 15,00020,000 MultipurposeCommunityHall 1 0.2 0.2
| LAND USE PLAN
94
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 No. of Units 1 1 1 1 1 1 AreainHa. PerUnit Total 0.05 0.05 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.04 0.04 1 1
S.No. Level
Facilities ElectricSubStation11KV ServiceMarket InformalBazaar LocalShopping AutoRickshawandTaxiStand NeighborhoodPark
Table9.4:ProposedLanduseDistributioninGreaterBhiwadi LandUse Area Ha Residential 4822.12 MixedUse 1657.26 Commercial 589.35 Industrial 5355.25 PublicSemiPublic 849.33 PublicUtilities 302.45 Recreational 973.16 Transportation 2837.32 SpecialUses(CorporatePark,,TEG,PF,NCA 1987.2 andTOD) AbadiArea(includingabadidevelopment 1767.63 andredevelopment) Waterbodies UrbanisableArea PeripheralControlBelt EcologicalConservationArea NotifiedArea 341.79 21482.83 1374.98 2250.13 25107.94 Percent % 22.4 7.7 2.7 24.9 4.0 1.4 4.5 13.2 9.3 8.2 1.6 100 5.5 8.96
The land utilization pattern is going to be drastically changed in future in view of the sizeable increase in industrial area and proposed facilities to make it an independent industrial town. As per existing landuse 2009, 70% of the land was under agriculture. Table 9.4 shows the proposed land use distribution in Greater Bhiwadi. After Greater Bhiwadi will achieve the population of 15 lakhs by 2031, overall density of the city is expected to be around 60 persons per hectare. The area for residential development will increase to 22.4% (excluding the residential component in mixed use and existing abadi area) of urbanisable area. The industrial area has increased both in absolute and in percentage, primarily due to proposed induced industries in this complex. The area underindustrywillbe5355.25hai.e.24.9%ofurbanisablearea.Besidethese,therewill be corporate park in the western part of this complex as an alternate economic zone.
| LAND USE PLAN
95
The public and semipublic area has also been increased from 1.1 to 5.4% (including public utilities) to serve the population till 2031. The area devoted to recreational use has also been increased to 4.5% (excluding protected forest and natural conservation area) from existing 0.20%. 8.9% of the total area has been kept as ecological conservationzonewhichisenvironmentallysensitiveduetopresenceofravines. 9.3 RESIDENTIALAREADEVELOPMENT Proposed residential area is 4822 ha excluding mixed use corridor development along Alwar Road and the area under abadi. . It has been assumed that about 5060 percent ofmixedusewillbeunderresidentialusemakingitatotalofabout5651ha(25.75%of urbanisable area). Residential area will be developed in the form of residential sectors of a population of 15,00020,000. The proposed density ranges are up to 200 ppha for lowdensitysectors(withanaverageofabout150ppha)..Formediumandhighdensity residential sectors a density of 200400 ppha and >400 ppha respectively has been proposed. Beside these, the area along both side of the Alwar road (SH25) has been proposed as high density mixed use zone with an average proposed density of around 500ppha.ResidentialsectorsnearCorporateParkandNaturalConservationAreashave beenproposedaslowdensityareas. The facilities proposed at the sector level includes senior secondary school, dispensaries, multipurpose community hall, local shopping centres, service market, informal bazaar, autorickshaw and taxi stands, etc. The sectors have been planned to achieve integrated socioeconomic development by proposing people of different income categories such as Economically Weaker Section (EWS), Low Income Group (LIG), Middle Income Group (MIG) and High Income Group (HIG) to reside in each sector. There are many existing villages within the Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Adequate land surrounding the existing villages has been reserved for their future expansion as abadi development areas in proposed industrial areas. These villages have also extended beyond their original abadi areas. These villages and extensions thereof had a completely different lifestyle for long time and are now getting merged into the urban environment and need a sensitive treatment in the planning and development process. While they require modern services and amenities, they also require practicing their traditional and cultural styles. Settlements of historic significance also require to be conserved. Planning and development of these village and their extensions should be anintegralpartofthedevelopment.Health,educationandrecreationalfacilitiesshould bedevelopedaroundthesesettlements.
| LAND USE PLAN
96
9.3.1 HierarchicalDevelopmentofResidentialAreas As per the lowest residential density proposed by the Master Plan, i.e. below 200 persons per hectare, housing cluster will be of 50 households.. A group of housing clusters will form a housing block for 1,000 families and, therefore a population of 5,000. The housing block will have the facilities as detailed in Table 9.3. A group of residential blocks will constitute a sector. Similarly a group of sectors i.e. at least 10 sectors will form a community level residential area. The community level residential areawillhavethefacilitiesasdetailedinTable9.2. 9.4 COMMERCIALAREADEVELOPMENT The role of trade and commerce is of vital importance as a supporting activity for proper industrial growth in an industrial township. The vision that should guide the development of centres for trade and commerce in such a potentially dynamic area should take into account the fast changing scenario in terms of new technology, expansioninvehicularmovementandawarenessaboutenvironmentalquality.Assuch, commercialcentresarenotmerelyplacesoftradingandtransactionsbutforrecreation and enjoyment as well. Today's commercial centres in metropolitan cities and other thriving trading towns are beset by acute problems of parking and lack of green landscapedareas.Clearly,thecentresfortradingandcommercerequiretobeplanned with much more liberal standards for parking and open space requirements and should leaveenoughcushionsforaccommodatingrelativelydramaticchangesinthepatternof use of commercial areas. Keeping the above factors in mind, the total area proposed forcommerciallanduseis589.35ha. Besides above, commercial facilities have been provided at sector, block and cluster levels as well. But these provisions are treated as part of residential areas and hence notincludedinthecalculationsforcommercialareasaspartoflanduseanalysisforthe complex. 9.4.1 DailyHawkingandWeeklyMarkets Informal sector in the form of hawkers is an integral part of the economic activity of a city. Studies have shown that this segment constitute about one to one and a half percent of the population of a city. For Greater Bhiwadi Complex, with a projected population of 15 lakh, this will imply about 1500020000 hawkers.Hawking activity shows a strong relation with the retail commerce, thus, planning of commercial areas should incorporate these activities in a planned manner at the layout level within commercial areas. Spaces for hawkers can be allocated in plazas along pedestrian
| LAND USE PLAN
97
corridors in commercial areas. Options of multiple use of parking spaces after office hourscanbeexploredforeveningtimehawkingactivity. Total number of informal units in commercial areas can range from 25% of the formal shops at the highest hierarchy of commercial i.e. city centre, sub city centre and community shopping centre to about 50% of the formal shops at the lowest hierarchy i.e. the convenience and local shopping centres. On an average the size of the unit will beabout2.5sq.m.Theaveragespacerequiredbyvarioushawkingactivitiesrangefrom about 1 sq.m for a cobbler to about 6 to 7 sq.m for florist/bookseller etc. Considering that shopping malls have emerged as a phenomenon in large cities, it is suggested that incorporation of area earmarked for hawking activity within malls or adjacent public plazasneedtobeconsidered. Besides in the planned commercial areas, hawking activity in the immediate vicinity of otherusesisproposedasfollows: GovernmentandCommercialOffices 5to6unitsper1000employees Wholesaletrade 3to4unitsper10formalshops Hospital 3to4unitsper100beds Busterminal 1unitpertwobusbays (Besidesbusterminalsprovisionof2to3hawkersatbusstops shouldalsobemade) Schools Primary Seniorsecondary Parks Regional/Cityparks Neighbourhoodparks/playareas Residential Industrial 8to10unitsateachmajorentry 2to3Units 1unitper1000population 5to6unitsperthousandemployees 3to4units 5to6units
Provisionforonetotwohawkersateachsectorentrycanbeearmarkedinthelayout.It is likely that some of the uses like low income residential, hospital, park, and governmentofficesetc.whichgeneratehighpedestrianactivitywhengroupedtogether at layout level may generate concentrated hawking activity in residential sector. It is suggestedthathawkingareasbeearmarkedtakingintoaccountsurroundingactivities. Incorporation of hawking activity should be ensured at the time of the approval of layout plan. For the existing hawking activity, attempt should be made to incorporate them in the upcoming planned commercial areas. Possibility of declaring some of the
| LAND USE PLAN
98
areasashawkingzonescanalsobeconsideredtakingcarethatsuchadecisiondoesnot infringeontherightsofthepedestrian. For weekly markets an area of about 0.4 ha at one location can be allocated for a population of about 75000 with 300 to 400 units. Since the characteristic of weekly market is primarily one day use, multiple use of space (eg. parking spaces, meeting grounds,parks,plazas,etc.)ismoreappropriatethanallocatingexclusivespace. 9.5 INDUSTRIALAREADEVELOPMENT In an industrial township, the land requirement for industries has been planned comparable with the characteristics of towns and cities with a prominent industrial base. Demographic trend of Greater Bhiwadi Complex suggests a very high (52.4) workforce participation rate (WFPR) in 2001 which is even higher than the district average of 48.7. This distortion may be attributed to the fact that industrial workers living in this area are single without their family due to lack of housing and related social facilities. Hence, extrapolation of this distorted figure may not give a true picture both in terms of WFPR as well as composition of occupational structure. Therefore, based on induced development proposed, estimated WFPR, it is further assumed that the work force participation rate will settle down to 35 percent as the town develops. Workersdensityisassumedtobe30workersperhectareforsmallscaleindustriesand 20workersperhectareformediumandlargescaleindustries. 9.5.1 IndustrialInfrastructure SeveralinfrastructurerequirementssuchasIntegratedFreightComplex(IFC),Transport Nagaretc.havebeenproposedforthedevelopmentofindustries.ProposedIntegrated FreightComplexwillhaveallrequisitefacilitiesinside(Table9.5).
Table 9.5: Different types of proposed wholesale markets, freight complex and activities insideIFCinGreaterBhiwadiComplexwouldbeasunder: Commodity/Activities Areainha. Textile&Textileproducts 11 AutoPartsandmachinery 7.9 Fruits&Vegetable&futureNeeds 28.2 Hardwareandbuildingmaterials 11.6 Iron&Steel 6.8 Timber 5.9 Foodgrains 6.8 Leather 4.6
| LAND USE PLAN
99
MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031 Commodity/Activities Junkmarket Medical&Pharmaceuticals Electrical&Electronicgoods Eggs,Poultry&Fish Fodder Paper&Stationery Marble Booking&ForwardingAgencies Warehousing&Godowns Workshops Idleparking CommunityFacilities Total Areainha. 3.1 3.2 3.9 11.7 5.1 3.6 3.7 14.5 18 3.4 37 10 200
9.5.2. GreaterBhiwadiCorporatePark The Corporate Park, spread over an area of 833 Ha. is located on the southwestern part of the complex, west of Sahibi River. The major components of this park would be Corporate Offices, IT Park, BioTech Park, B.P.Os., ITES, R & D Centre, Trade and ExhibitionGround,FiveStarHotelsetc. 9.6 RECREATIONALAREADEVELOPMENT Like other facilities, recreational facilities too have been provided at different levels. Thefacilitiesarenamely: i) totlotsathousingclusterlevel; ii) neighbourhoodparks,playgrounds,etc.atthesectorlevel; iii) communitypark,sportscentre,recreationalclubatcommunitylevel iv) regionalpark,sportscomplexandagolfcourseatthecitylevel; v) The existing Sare Khurd Lake, located in the eastern part of Greater Bhiwadi ComplexandtheSahibiriverinthewesternpartmaybedevelopedasWater FrontAreaandAmusementParkrespectively. Whereas facilities at the housing cluster and sector levels have been provided as per the norms for residential area development and included in land use analysis as part of residential areas, recreational facilities at the level of community and above are categorised under Recreational Land Use. Considering the city level recreational facilities,areaproposedunderrecreationis973ha,4.5%oftheurbanisablearea.
| LAND USE PLAN
910
9.7 DEVELOPMENTOFPUBLICANDSEMIPUBLICAREAS Provisions have been made for public and semipublic offices and institutions. Areas have also been allocated for facilities for education, health care, religious functions, sociocultural activities, fire fighting, police station, distributive services such as petrol pumps, LPG godown, and host of other facilities normally needed by residents of a town. For area calculations, only the facilities at the city level have been accounted for (Table9.1). 9.7.1 SocialInfrastructureandUtilities Provision of social and physical infrastructure is one of the key principles of planned development. These are provided in a hierarchical manner. The lower order facilities areincludedaspartoftheresidentialsectorsandwillbedetailedduringthesectorplan preparation.HigherorderfacilitiesatthecitylevelhavebeenincorporatedinthePlan. a. HealthFacilities Dispensarieshavebeenprovidedattheresidentialsectorlevel.Additionalfacilitieswill be made available at the level of the community and at the city level. For each community of one lakh population, an intermediate hospital category C for general treatment facilities and an intermediate hospital category Dincluding a maternity ward have been proposed. Additionally, provision has been made for a polyclinic and a nursing home. At the city level, Super Speciality Hospital, general hospital, intermediate category hospital A and intermediate category hospital B has been proposed. b. EducationalFacilities Educational facilities provided at the sector level include nursery, primary and middle level schools. Provision of one secondary school and one college has been made at city level to serve a population of 1.00 to 1.25 lakh. Separate zone for higher educational institutions such as university, engineering/medical college and R & D centres has been providedalongouterperipheralroad. c. SocioCulturalFacilitiesCentre Space has been allocated for sociocultural facilities centre, which should contain an auditorium for performing arts, institutional buildings for spiritual and meditation activities;andinstitutionsrelatedtomusic,artandculture.Theareawouldalsoinclude an openair theatre and public library. This area would also accommodate housing wherestudioscanbeprovidedtovariousartistsforpromotionofIndianclassicalmusic, artandculture.
| LAND USE PLAN
911
d. OtherCommunityFacilities(OCF) Various other community facilities (OCF) under public semipublic uses have been provisionedadequatelywhicharedistributedstrategicallyintheMasterPlan. e. Telecommunication/PostalFacilities Postofficesandtelephoneexchangeshavebeenprovidedineachclusterof45sectors toservethepopulationofonelakh. f. Security There are two existing police stations in the complex, one at Bhiwadi and other at Tapookara.Onepolicepostforevery50,000populationandonepolicestationforevery 1.00to1.5lakhpopulationhasbeenproposed. g. FireFightingServices There is an existing fire station in Bhiwadi and space for two others has been reserved inindustrialareas.Furthertoservethepopulationof15lakhtill2031,afirestationhas been proposed on the junction of Alwar Road and Outer Peripheral Road and provision of sub fire stations have been provided one in each cluster of 45 residential sectors withgoodaccessibility.Provisionsforthesamewillalsobekeptinindustrialareaswhile preparingthedetailedlayoutoftheindustrialzonebyRIICO. h. DistributiveServices i) LPGGodowns Liquid petroleum gas storage and distribution facilities will be offered through one gas godown for every 45,000 population conveniently located in relation to industrialareaandservicescentres. ii)PetrolPumps/CNGStations One petrol pump/CNG station with service facilities shall be provided for every fifteenthousandpopulation. 9.8 PUBLICUTILITES Urban basic services and utilities such as water supply, sewerage, drainage solid waste management and power supply are essential for efficient functioning of city life and economy.ProvisionsforthesehavebeenmadeinGreaterBhiwadiComplex. a) WaterSupply Only source of water for all kinds of usage in Greater Bhiwadi Complex is groundwater which has reportedly been overexploited. Therefore, water will be the most crucial
| LAND USE PLAN
912
factorforsustainabledevelopmentoftheplannedcity.Tillastablesourceofrawwater is identified and supply is commenced after adequate treatment, existing groundwater should be developed through adequate, multipronged measures using modern availabletechniques. b) SewerageSystem TheexistingCommonEffluentTreatmentPlant(CETP)evenafterplannedaugmentation will be inadequate in terms of capacity to treat effluents from only Bhiwadi Industrial Area . Also sewerage treatment plants (STP) are essential infrastructure required to manage wastewater in any planned city. Hence, adequate suitable sites at strategic locationsfortwoSTPsandtwoCETPshavebeenreservedforfuturerequirements. c) PowerSupply Power is the most critical input for industrial development. Presently the electric demandisbeingmetthroughone220KVs/s,two132KVs/s,three120KVs/s,and400 KV of Power Grid Corporation of India. About 8 additional small substations are proposedatdifferentlocationsinGreaterBhiwadi.Ithasbeenassumedthatthepower distribution infrastructure needs to be doubled in view of the proposed expansion of industrial base in Greater Bhiwadi Complex which is expected to meet the marginal demand from domestic and commercial areas also. Presently most of the power distribution substations including the proposed ones are located within the RIICO Industrial Areas. Hence it is recommended that provisions for such infrastructure shall be made within the proposed RIICO Industrial Areas during preparation of detailed layouts as per the requirements. Smaller substations in residential and commercial areasshallbepartofsectorlayouts. d) SolidWasteDisposal It is proposed that efforts be made to collect, segregate and treat waste to the extent possible at sector level so that total amount disposed at the landfill site is minimized. Special care will be required for disposal of waste from hospitals, fruits and vegetable markets and industrial waste. Preparation of solid waste management plan for the city is recommended whereas suitable space has been allocated for sanitary landfill sites at threelocations.Toworkouttherequirementsofdustbinand'dhalaos',thenormof0.6 kgpercapitaperdayisrecommended. e)Drainage Management of storm water is a critical problem in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Problem ofwaterloggingincityisperpetual.Thenaturaldrainageflowsacrossinterstateborder into Haryana. Due to lack of clear segregation of storm water, domestic waste water and polluted industrial effluent, no wastewater is being permitted to enter across the
| LAND USE PLAN
913
border. Consequently hazardous industrial effluents without proper treatment are stagnant at number of places within and outside industrial areas including agricultural fields polluting underground water. The Master Plan envisages an integrated approach that packages mutually supportive infrastructure components i.e. watersewerage drainageforrecycling,harvestingandoptimaluseofwater. 9.9 DEVELOPMENTOFTRANSPORTRELATEDUSEAREAS Transportation is an important sector for achieving development objectives of an area. The role of transport in enabling and directing urban development has been long appreciated. In the planning for a transport system, a number of objectives form the base.IncaseofGreaterBhiwadiComplexthefollowingobjectiveshavebeenidentified: i) To enable the mobility of people and goods, and faster economic developmentandenhancesocialinteractions. ii) To improve the accessibility of Greater Bhiwadi particularly to and from the subregionandtherebypromotethenodalfunctionsofthiscomplex. iii) To encourage intersectoral integration and ensure intrasectoral coordination. iv) Toconserveresources(land,material,money,energyetc.) v) Tomaximisesafety. vi) To promote the environmental quality of the area and enhance the quality oflife. The objectives are achieved through selection and combination of a number of strategies.Theimportantstrategiesadoptedare: A multimodal transport system providing opportunities and environment for each potential mode to operate and provide the services at its optimal efficiency,trulyintegratedwithothermodestoprovideanoveralloptimum system. Ahierarchicalroadnetworksystem. Identificationandselectionofappropriatetransporttechnologicalsystem. Promotingandgivingprioritytopublictransportsystem. Segregating both by natural processes and by design of different levels, typesandmodesofmovement.
| LAND USE PLAN
914
9.9.1 ProposedRegionalLinkages Regional road network have been proposed keeping in view the potentially advantageous location of Greater Bhiwadi in relation to major transport routes linking Delhi,Alwar,JaipurandRewari. a) RegionalRapidTransitSystem(RRTS)TheproposedRRTSalignmentalongwith station supported by Transit Oriented Development (TOD) has been integrated in the Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan. The National Capital Region Planning Board (NCRPB), in order to enhance the connectivity within the National Capital Region, has proposed to connect Urban, industrial (SEZ/industrial parks), regional and subregional centres through a Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS).OneoftheproposedstationofRRTSisinGreaterBhiwadi. b) RewariBhiwadiPalwalRailwayLinewithstationhasalsobeenintegratedasper the Bhiwadi Master Plan 2011. This rail link is expected to strengthen the regionalconnectivitybylinkingGreaterBhiwadiwithDFCstationatRewari. c) Proposed Regional Road Linkages The proposed road linkages will connect the city with the regional movement system. There are two major roads that have been proposed in Greater Bhiwadi,one is the Outer Peripheral Road connecting NH8 near Kausala Chowk to NH71 B near Taoru through southern periphery of Greater Bhiwadi Complex and second, proposed Expressway by RIICO from Kausala to Khushkhera Industrial Area connecting to NH8 through Tapookara NuhRoad. d) Abypass,thoughinHaryana,connectingNH8andNH71Binthenorthhasalso been proposed. Efforts should be made at State Government level for such a roadalignment. e) A 90 m wide road linking ShahjahanpurNeemranaBehror (SNB) Complex with Greater Bhiwadi Complex via Ajarka, which is in planning stage. Possible alignment of this road has been considered at regional level and accordingly majorroadstowardsthisdirectionhavebeenstrengthened. Arterial roads have also been proposed in areas earmarked for industrial expansion to facilitatecityandregionallevelconnectivity.Lowerlevelroadsinindustrialareaswillbe as per RIICOs policy but it is to be ensured that the hierarchy of road network is maintained. While efforts should be made to connect Greater Bhiwadi Complex with Rewari through a rail link running parallel to DFC on north to get the benefits of DFC alignment passing through middle of the city. Till the time this rail link in place a 60 m wideroadhasbeenproposedparalleltoDFCtoconnectGreaterBhiwadiwithRewari.
| LAND USE PLAN
915
These roads according to their hierarchical status have suitably been designated. The detailsofroadhierarchyhavebeenpresentedinthetable9.6.
Table9.6:Proposedhierarchyofroads S.No. Hierarchy ROW(m) Buffer(m) 1 Outer 90 Peripheral Road 2 NH71B 60 Remarks
SH25
60
4 5
Arterial SubArterial
60 45
Effortswillbemadetowidentheroadin future by taking front setback on either side. 30eachside There will be no buffer on Alwar bypass (NH71BSH25) upto Khijooriwas Efforts will be made to widen the abovesectionoftheroadinfuture. These roads define sectors. Further lower roads shall be designed in such a way that the hierarchy is maintained up to12mroadsinthesectorlayout.
The range of transportation facilities proposed to support city and regional level transport network includes Bus Terminal, Integrated Freight Complex, Transport Nagar, Bus Deport, Multimodal Transit Stations, RRTS Station with TOD and a helipad atBhiwadi. 9.9.2 ParkingProposals It is recommended that every five years the norms for parking be reviewed and upgraded in the town. For different uses the parking norms are proposed to be as follows: a) Commercial Areas In the commercial areas it was seen that the nature of the demand is more of shortterm nature. So it is recommended that the provisions in thecommercialcentresbemadewithrespecttothefollowingnorms: IntheCityCentreandtheSubCityCentrestheparkingprovisionsbemadeat3.0to3.2 equivalentcarspaces(ECS)per100sq.mofthecommercialfloorarea.
| LAND USE PLAN
916
In the lower hierarchy of the commercial centres parking provisions be made at 2.0 to 2.5 ECS per 100 sq. m of the floor area. In the convenient shopping centre the parking provisionsshouldbemadeasper1.0to1.2ECSper100sq.moffloorarea. b) Residential Areas It has been found after projecting the vehicle ownership status that in sectors plot areas less than 250 sq. m and 75 per cent of the income group lying in MIG and HIG categories, the roads can not accommodate the parking demand. So in such sectors an offstreet parking provision of 0.4 ha per 10,000 of the population should be made. These parking centres should be provided by the side of bus routes so as to promote the uses of the bus transport. The parking on roadswithintheresidentialareasshouldbeallowedasperTable.3.4.
Table9.7:ParkingAllowancesonRoadswithintheResidentialAreas RightofWay ParkingAllowance TypeofParking Lessthan9.0m NoparkingAllowed 9.0mwide Onesideparking Parallel 12.0mwide Onesideparking Parallel 18.0mwide Bothsideparking Parallel 24.0mwide Bothsideparking Parallel 30.0mwide Bothsideparking Perpendicular
c) Industrial Areas In the industrial areas it is seen that the parking on the roads is being done by the service industries. For spill over parking on the road strict enforcementalongwithpunitivemeasuresneedtobetaken.
| LAND USE PLAN
917
Chapter10
DEVELOPMENTPOLICY ANDPLAN IMPLEMENTATION
10.DEVELOPMENTPOLICYANDPLANIMPLEMENTATION
10.1 DEVELOPMENTPOLICY 10.1.1 General Bhiwadi developed as an industrial town. Its character as an industrial township got only strengthened during its continued development and will further continue to grow in future. To sustain its present character and future integrated development, besides supporting infrastructure for industrial development, provisions have been made for adequate infrastructure facilities for the design population working and residing in Greater Bhiwadi Complex making Greater Bhiwadi as Regional Centre defined in the NCRRegionalPlan2021. Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan has been prepared on the basis of design population and consequent land requirement. Proposed landuse plan is based on land suitability and effortshavebeenmadetoachievethebalancebetweendevelopablelandavailableand land requirement for different uses. Adequate efforts have also been made to assimilate all previous commitments by government in the landuse plan 2031. In case any duly approved project/schemes have been left that should be considered assimilatedintheproposedplan. 10.1.2 MixedUse Mixeduseessentiallymeansprovisionofnonresidentialactivityinresidentialareas.On a single premise or in an area, mixed residential and nonresidential activity has its positive and negative environmental and socioeconomic impacts. It suits the present socioeconomic needs of a large section of the society and reduces the transportation needs and traffic movement considerably. However, unless properly regulated and in certainconditionsitcouldhavequiteanadverseeffectintermsofcongestion,pollution andgeneralinconveniencetothepeopleofthearea. Residential zoning along arterial has tendency to be most vulnerable for unauthorized imposition of commercial use despite all enforcement measures by local authorities. to optimize the use of more valuable land strips abutting such arterial, as also to impart organiccharactertourbandevelopmentprocess,theconceptofMixedUseZoninghas
| DEVELOPMENT POLICY AND PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
101
been advocated along Alwar Road and along all roads above 45 m width for a depth of 50m. Inviewoftheabovethefollowingapproachissuggested: Residential, institutional and commercial activities shall be permitted in mixed landuse area both vertically and horizontally as per the requirements andproposalsoflandownersandUrbanLocalBody. Nonresidential activity on residential premises should be permitted selectively and carefully taking into consideration community needs, environmental impact and provision for safe and easy traffic circulation and adequateparking. In case of new developments, planned mixed residential and nonresidential activity should be introduced right at the time of the preparation of the sectorlayoutplansalongwiththeplanningofCommercialCentresforwhich appropriate provision of parking, circulation and services be kept in view. Normsforparkingandcommercialuseondifferentfloorsbespecified. Regularisation of commercial and institutional use in mixed landuse area shall be subject of payment of appropriate charges as decided by the local bodyandprovisionofadequateparkingandotherparametersaspernorms. 10.1.3 Residential Residential areas have been planned in such a way that it fosters healthy community environment on one hand and minimizes trip generation and travel time to work place, educational institutions, shopping areas and recreationalareasisreduced. Residentialdensityalongthemixedusecorridoruptoadepthof500m shall behighbeyondthatitwillbemedium. Residential densities of various sectors have been assigned considering landuse in surroundings. Residential sectors surrounding large commercial areas have been assigned high density while a sector near conservation areas shall have low density. In a high income neighbourhood like corporate park,fewsectorswillhavelowdensity. Hierarchicallanduseallocationhasbeendoneforproposedfacilitiesatthree levelsviz.city,communityandsectorlevelaspertheestablishednorms.City level facilities have been located on landuse plan 2031 while matrices for such facilities at community and sector level have been given which shall be locatedduringzonalplan/sectorlayoutplanpreparation.
102
As per Rajasthan Affordable Housing Policy, certain pockets have been proposed to be reserved for EWS, LIG and MIG category of housing. These pocketshavebeenlocatednearmajorworkcentres. A Township Zone has been proposed in Land Use Plan 2031 as per the provisions of Rajasthan Township Policy. This Township Zone will be reserved for private developers who would be encouraged to develop integrated townships and other schemes in this zone. However, private developers would be allowed to develop integrated townships and other schemes in other sectors also as per prevailing rules and regulations. Sector Plan of this Township Zone should be prepared by the Local Body on top priority so as to achieve planned development. Construction of sector roads inthiszoneshouldalsobegiventoppriority. Residential sectors with different densities have been proposed in the proposed Land Use Plan 2031, however density limits shall be governed by the policies and prevailing building regulations of the State Government/UrbanLocalBodies.
10.1.4 VillageAbadiArea Adequate areas have been proposed for extension of existing village abadi/settlements. These areas shall be utilized for future expansion of abadi areas and also to provide village level community facilities such as schools,dispensaries,communityhallsandothers. Villages within the proposed urbanisable limits lacking basic services should be provided with adequate drinking water supply, streets, drains, sanitation facilityandstreetlightatparwithsurroundingurbanareas. In the new development areas planning of sectors have been done in such a manner that village abadi areas are contained within surrounding planned development areas so that they dont expand on to the subarterials (sector definingroads). Policieswillbeframedinthefutureforredevelopmentofdenselypopulated and congested abadi areas such as Tapookara redevelopment area, on the principle of amalgamation of plots, higher FAR and self financing projects with community or private sector participation. While formulating these schemes care shall be taken that no household is permanently displaced fromtheirexistinglocations. Detailed village abadi plans would also be prepared by the Local Body as to ensureproperandplanneddevelopment.LocalBodyshouldgivetoppriority forsuchplans.
103
Village abadi/settlements within the Peripheral Control Belt and Ecological Conservation Zone shall have an extension area of 500m from its existing abadilimitsforfuturegrowth.
10.1.5 Commercial A five tier system of commercial facilities has been proposed (Table 10.1). Upper three tiersofcommercialareasaremeanttocatertocommercialneedsatcitylevel.Resttwo lowerlevelhierarchycommercialareaswillbepartofsectorlayout.
Table101:HierarchyofCommercialAreas Tier I II Population 5lakh Hierarchy CityCentre SubCity Centre III 1lakh Community Shopping Centre IV 10,000 Local Shopping Centre V 5,000 Convenient Shopping Centre
Besides the above hierarchical system some commercial space would be providedasperrequirementsatworkcentresandtransportationnodes. Proposed Specialized Market shall have specialized commodity based markets like automobile market, timber market, building material market etc. Utilities and conveniences are to be provided as per requirement at all hierarchyofcommercialareas. Service & repair and informal activities shall be provided while preparing zonalplans/sectorplansandschemeplans. Formulation of guidelines for schemes for vendors shall be as per the State GovernmentPolicy.LocalBodyshouldfollowsuchguidelinesstrictly.
10.1.6 Industrial TheindustrialareaswillbedevelopedasperthepolicyadoptedbyRIICOand StateIndustrialPolicy. Industrialestatesandcomplexesshouldbedevelopedcomprehensivelywith centralised pool of support functions and services according to contemporarynormsandstandardsforsuchfacilities. Industrial units along Tijara Road are quite old. At the time of their development,theseindustrialunitswerelocatedawayfromthedensebuilt upareas.Butnowtheseareintheheartofproposedcity.Someofthemare hazardous waste generating units. As per the inventory of hazardous waste generating units in Rajasthan and Action Taken Report up to 30.06.2009,
104
submitted to the Supreme Court Monitoring Committee (Ministry of Environment and Forest) by Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board, few of them have developed their own pollution control mechanisms individually. Therefore,itisproposedthattheyshouldbeallowedtooperateforthetime being from their existing locations. But in the larger community interest it is desirable that such units should be relocated in due course in the proposed RIICOIndustrialAreas. SRF Chemicals which was established away from the inhabited areas and Bhiwadi town is now part of the proposed central area of the city. Since this unit stores hazardous and volatile substances, ideally it should be relocated outside the city limits. However since the unit is very large established with huge investment, it is proposed that the unit may be allowed to operate at present location till such time surrounding area is inhabited. In view of the policy to shift all isolated industrial units to RIICO Industrial Areas or other suitable areas, isolated industrial units along Alwar road shall also be shifted to organized RIICO industrial areas in due course, hence have not been shown in the proposed Land Use Plan 2031. All industries in future shall be developedintheplannedindustrialareasonly. Stone crushers and brick kilns presently operating at various places in GreaterBhiwadiComplexshouldberelocatedoutsidetheproposedcity. Health facilities should be provided into industrial layout along with other facilities proposed by RIICO, as it is one of the important social facility requiredinemergency.
10.1.7 Water Only source of water for all kinds of usages in Greater Bhiwadi Complex is groundwaterwhichhasreportedlybeenoverexploited.Therefore,waterwill bethemostcrucialfactorforsustainabledevelopmentoftheplannedcity. Entire demand of water in Greater Bhiwadi Complex is presently met with groundwater which has alarmingly lowered the groundwater table below criticallevel.Aconservativeestimateputsthewaterdemandas580MLDby 2031 to support life and economy of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Therefore, alternate sources of water, other than groundwater, will have to be found soon to avoid the impending crisis. Recognizing the fact that water supply, power and drainage are interstate issues, a feasibility study to identify potentialsourcesofrawwateronurgentbasisisstronglyrecommended. Till a stable source of raw water is identified and supply is commenced after adequate treatment, existing groundwater should be developed through adequate,multiprongedmeasuresusingmodernavailabletechniques.
105
The Master Plan envisages an integrated approach that packages mutually supportive infrastructure components i.e. waterseweragedrainage for recycling,harvestingandoptimaluseofwater. It is imperative to promote water conservation through an integrated and a community driven model, comprising of complimentary short term and long termmeasuresasgivenbelow: i) Recycling of treated wastewater with separate lines for potable water and recycled water for non drinking purposes in big hotels, industrial units, air conditioning of large buildings, and irrigation of parks/green areas. For this,dualpipesupplysystemshallbeintroduced. ii) All nonresidential buildings having a discharge of over 10,000 litres a day shouldincorporateawastewaterrecyclingmechanism. iii) Zero wastewater generating industries should be encouraged and heavy water consuming industries should be discouraged in industrial areas of GreaterBhiwadiComplex. iv) Ground water recharging through rain water harvesting, conserving water bodiesandcontrollinggroundwaterextractionshallbethekeystrategies. v) Groundwater extraction is to be controlled through registering boreholes and recharging according to test yields. Ground water management is to beenforcedbyconcernedagency. vi) Efforts shall be made for focused planning and action to prepare and implementrain water as roof water harvesting schemes both with the aim of optimizing water use and ground water recharge. For this suitable mandatory provisions are to be made for planning and construction of various schemes. Roof top rain water harvesting should be made mandatoryinbuildingbylaws. vii) The wasteful practice of drill, pump, and spill shall gradually be replaced by efficient methods of water conservation, use, and recycling as standard and mandatory procedures. There is a need to incorporate the mandatory stipulation of water saving/waterless flushing system in the Building Bye laws. viii) The concepts of zero runoff drainage, with retention ponds, sediments traps and balancing lakes should be adopted, with a segregated wastewater disposal system. Simple methods of site planning, which incorporate porous/semipermeable paving, drop inlet/down pipe, sediment trap, retention ponds, etc. will contribute in maintaining ground watertable. ix) About half of the water that is treated and distributed at public expense is nonrevenue water. This is due to unrecorded usage or illegal taps and
106
x)
water connections. Reducing water losses is cheaper than augmenting watercapacityforsuchlosses. Tarifffortherecycledtreatedwastewatershouldbefixedinsuchawayto encourageitsnonportableusessuchasgardening,horticulture,andother uses.
10.1.8 Sewerage TherehasbeennoplannedseweragesysteminBhiwaditown.Inviewofthe existing sewerage generated planned sewerage network and STP (under construction) designed for a limited urban population is going to be grossly inadequateevenforthepresenturbanizedarea. Sewerage network should be extended to cover entire urbanized area on urgentbasis. The Master Plan envisages an integrated approach that packages mutually supportive infrastructure components i.e. waterseweragedrainage for recycling, harvesting and optimal use of water. Hence while planning for sector layout above three networks should be integrated for optimization of costandvaluablewaterresources. The existing Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) even after planned augmentationwillbeinadequateintermsofcapacitytotreateffluentsfrom Bhiwadi Industrial Area itself. Since, planning of the city must incorporate land at appropriate location for Sewerage Treatment Plants (STPs) and CETPs, sites at strategic locations for two STPs and two CETPs have been reservedforfuturerequirements. Possibilityofrecoveringenergy/gasasfuelfromsewerageshallbeexplored.
10.1.9 Drainage Drainage should be integral part of Road Development Plans/Flyovers/ GradeSeparators. Present Bhiwadi town has a complicated drainage problem. Domestic wastewater, storm water and industrial effluent are mixed and flow into open drains. The natural drainage flows across interstate border into Haryana. Due to lack of clear segregation of storm water, domestic waste water and polluted industrial effluent, no wastewater is being permitted to enter across the border. Consequently hazardous industrial effluents without proper treatment are stagnant at number of places within and outside industrial areas including agricultural fields polluting underground water. Therefore, to resolve the existing drainage related problems of Bhiwaditownfollowingaresuggested: 107
i) Storm water and domestic waste water should be segregated from heavily pollutedindustrialeffluents. ii) AugmentationofexistingCETPandconstructionofSTPshouldbecompleted attheearliest. iii) A storm water drainage plan should be prepared for entire Greater Bhiwadi Complexincludingruralsettlementsbasedondetailedtopographicstudy. iv) The Master Plan envisages an integrated approach that packages mutually supportive infrastructure components i.e. waterseweragedrainage for recycling,harvestingandoptimaluseofwater. 10.1.10 SolidWasteManagement Presently there exists no organized solid waste management system on scientific basis inBhiwaditown.CollectionisdoneinlimitedareasofUITandRHBwithoutsegregation through private agency. In areas not covered under waste collection, waste is dumped on vacant plots and left unattended. Private agency entrusted with the task of waste management is dumping waste indiscriminately in open areas in absence of any designateddumpingground/landfillsite. As Bhiwadi is growing very fast, it is proposed to reorganize the entire municipalsolidwastemanagementsysteminthetown. For effective waste management, its segregation at source is essential. The waste shall be segregated and collected in separate chambers at dalaos. For this, involvement of rag pickers with RWAs, CBOs and NGOs is to be encouraged. Segregationofbiodegradablewastefromnonbiodegradablewastesuchas plastics,glass,metalpaperetc.atthesourceshouldbemadecompulsory. For biodegradable and recyclable waste which is segregated at the source, decentralised treatment at neighbourhood level may be adopted, while for silt,centralisedtreatmentmaybefollowed. Disposal of biomedical waste is to be as per biomedical waste rules and hazardous waste, which requires special handling, according to hazardous wastehandlingrules. Incinerators should be mandatory to be installed in hospitals to dispose of biomedicalwastes. Proper dumping, recycling and reuse of construction debris and fly ash have tobeensured. Considering the nature of solid waste and the economic aspects of its disposal, major part of solid waste especially silt has to be disposed of in
108
sanitary landfills. But wherever recycling is possible, it should be preferred thandisposingofthewasteinsanitarylandfillsites. More viable alternatives to landfills are vermiculture, fossilisation, compostingetc. Implementation and monitoring of BioMedical Wastes (Handling & Management) Rules, 1998, for hospitals, nursing homes, and clinics should betakenup. Threesanitarylandfillsiteshavebeenreservedintheproposedlanduseplan 2031 which shall be developed at different stages of urbanization of Greater Bhiwadiasmodernhitechsanitarylandfillsites. Industrial waste should be handled separately in industrial areas as per the policyofRIICO.
10.1.11 PublicSemiPublic Among various public semipublic facilities, education and health are of prime importance particularly in case of Greater Bhiwadi Complex as the existing Greater Bhiwadi is primarily rural and grossly lack such facilities at higher level. Hence adequate educational and health facilities in a hierarchicalmannerhavebeenprovisionedintheMasterPlan.Areaforsuch facilities at higher level have been allocated at Master Plan level itself while at lower levels such as community and sector levels shall be adequately provisionedandsuitablylocatedduringzonal/sectorplanpreparation. Considering the size of the future city and requirement of modern educationalandresearchinstitutionsandmodernhealthfacilities,provisions have been made for an educational area intended to house a university and institutions of higher learning and research. Likewise, a super specialty hospital has been located in the centre of the city. It would be desirable to locatesuchhigherlevelvitalinstitutionsatdesignatedlocationssuggestedin theMasterPlan. The existing Greater Bhiwadi Complex is quite rich in sociocultural facilities particularly in rural villages. Such facilities indicate cultural life of the local population hence they shall be respected and further developed. Adequate provisionshavebeenmadeatstrategiclocationsintheMasterPlanforsuch facilities at higher level to boost such cultural ethos. Besides a large fairground,MohanBabaTempleComplexhasbeengivenadequatespacefor accommodation of sociocultural facilities like auditorium for arts performance, meditation and spiritual centre, music, dance and drama club, open air theatre, central public library and Art Township. Another area for
109
such facilities has been earmarked at a central location in the vicinity of educationalcityandcitycentre. It is recommended that social facilities like old age home and orphanage may also be accommodated within such sociocultural facility areas and/or inresidentialsectorswhileplanningforsectorlayouts. There are quite a few existing public semipublic offices in the Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Important ones include two regional offices of RIICO, offices of UIT, RHB, BSNL, and Assistant Commissioner of Police etc. It is envisaged that in addition to offices of government line departments, urban localbodiesandlawandorderadministration,sizeablenumberofcorporate like offices will come up in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Hence, adequate area atstrategiclocationshasbeenindicatedfordevelopmentofsuchoffices.
10.1.12 Power As part of public and semipublic uses, provisions of public utilities are crucial for the development of planned city. Detailed policy guidelines for utilities like STP, CETP and SolidWasteDisposalSiteshavebeendescribedinearliersections.LandforElectricSub stations of various capacities shall require to be reserved. Continuing with the existing trend it is proposed that the land reservation for such infrastructure facilities be done within the proposed industrial areas by RIICO with a view to provide flexibility of planningforRIICOwhiledevelopingindustrialarealayouts. The land shall be reserved as safety zone (horizontal and vertical clearance) along the high tension electric lines as per the provisions of the prevailing India Electricity Rules and Manuals under Indian Electricity Act, and compliance of other related norms and standardsaretobeensuredwhilepreparingthedetailedsectorlayouts. 10.1.13 RoadsandTransportation Theproposedhierarchicalroadnetworkhasbeendesignedlookingintotheexistingand proposed development, connectivity of Greater Bhiwadi Complex with NH8 and NH 71B, future circulation requirements within the city and outside at regional level and extensive traffic and transportation studies conducted by the consultants. Special consideration for multimodal public transport system within the proposed city and its integration with intercity public transport system of surrounding major urban centres including Delhi, Gurgoan, Jaipur, Alwar, Rewari, Sohna etc. has been fundamental part ofproposedstructureplan.AlignmentofproposedDedicatedFreightCorridor(DFC)has beenintegratedinthenetworkplan.LowesthierarchyofroadconsideredintheMaster
1010
Plan is 45m ROW defining sectors. Rest of the lower hierarchy roads will be planned withthesectorlayoutdesignasperrequirement.
Table10.2:Proposedhierarchyofroads S.No. Hierarchy ROW(m) Buffer(m) 1 Outer 90 Peripheral Road 2 NH71B 60 Remarks
SH25
60
4 5
Arterial SubArterial
60 45
Efforts will be made to widen the road in future by taking front setback oneitherside. 30eachside TherewillbenobufferonAlwar bypass(NH71BSH25)upto Khijooriwas Effortswillbemadetowidenthe abovesectionoftheroadin future. These roads define sectors. Further lower roads shall be designed in such a way that the hierarchy is maintained up to 12 m roads in the sectorlayout.
An Outer Peripheral Road (90m) has been proposed connecting NH8 at Kasaula Chowk with NH71B at Taoru. This will act as a regional bypass to GreaterBhiwadi.SincethepartofthisroadispassingthroughHaryanastate, actual alignment of the road falling in Haryana shall be decided in consultation with the Govt. of Haryana. Development shall be strictly restricted along the Outer Peripheral Road except and otherwise permitted inthelanduseplan2031andzoningregulations. 60m wide road connecting NH8 with NH71B in Haryana state has been retained as per the proposals of Mater Plan 2011. Actual alignment of this road falling in Haryana shall be decided in consultation with the Govt. of Haryana. Inadditiontoagradeseparator(flyover)onSH25atTapookara,a45mroad as Tapookara bypass has been proposed by extending it from Honda Chowk towardssouthuptoOuterPeripheralRoadtherebyconnectingSH25. Since DFC is running in eastwest direction a number arterial roads including SH25 and its parallel roads intersect at right angle with the DFC alignment. Alltheseimportantintersectionswouldneedgradeseparatorsintheformof
1011
Rail Over Bridge (ROB). Detail engineering design of all such intersections need to taken up in detail also for deciding appropriate types of grade separators. Major existing roads up to the level of village road have been assimilated in proposedroadnetworkthrougheitherwideningorupgradingtheirstatus. In addition to major arterials proposed with new alignments, proposed DFC and RIICOs Kasaula (NH8)Khushkhera link and NeemranaBhiwadi alignmenthavebeenintegratedinthenetwork. Arterial roads have also been proposed in areas earmarked for industrial expansion to facilitate city and regional level connectivity. Lower level roads inindustrialareaswillbeasperRIICOspolicybutitistobeensuredthatthe hierarchyofroadnetworkismaintained. Efforts should be made to connect Greater Bhiwadi Complex with Rewari through a rail link running parallel to DFC on north to reap the benefits of DFCalignmentpassingthroughmiddleofthecity.Tillthetimethisraillinkis in place a 60m wide road has been proposed parallel to DFC to connect GreaterBhiwadiComplexwithRewari. DFCalignmenthasbeenrepresentedintheproposedLandUsePlan2031as providedbytheDedicatedFreightCorridorCorporationofIndiaLimited.DFC isentirelyonanewalignmentfromDadritoRewari. Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS) alignment along with station and area reserved for Transit Oriented Development (TOD) has been represented as givenbytheNationalCapitalRegionalPlanningBoard(NCRPB).TheNational CapitalRegionPlanningBoard(NCRPB),inordertoenhancetheconnectivity within the National Capital Region, has proposed to connect Urban, industrial (SEZ/industrial parks), regional and subregional centres through a RegionalRapidTransitSystem(RRTS).OneoftheproposedstationofRRTSis inGreaterBhiwadi. RewariBhiwadiPalwal Railway Line with station has been shown as per the Bhiwadi Master Plan 2011. This rail link is expected to strengthen the regionalconnectivitybylinkingGreaterBhiwadiwithDFCstationatRewari. Major transportation infrastructure proposed to support goods movements toandfromindustrialareasincludesalargeIntegratedFreightComplex(IFC) andaTransportNagar. The IFC shall be developed as per the area allocation for each of the componentsspecifiedintheMasterPlan2031. Proposed IFC and Truck Terminal will have adequate provisions for idle parking that should be optimally utilized and onstreet parking in industrial areasshallbediscouraged.
1012
It is envisaged that Mass Rapid Transit System (MRTS) will require to be introduced in near future for large scale passenger movements within the city. A multimodal integrated public transport system (PTS) is envisaged to meetthefuturetraveldemand. OneISBTandtwoMultimodalTransitStations(MMTS)havebeenproposed on major corridors to support future public transport system requirements. All arterial roads have been planned to accommodate bus and rail based MRTS along with facilities for pedestrian, cyclists and other nonmotorised modes. The road crosssection shall be designed in such a way that the Bus basedMRTSmayeasilybetransformedintolightrailtransitsystem(LRTS)to increasethecapacityofcorridors. It is proposed that the space proposed as stadium in the Bhiwadi Master Plan2011shallbeusedforhelipadasanincidentaluse.
10.1.14 EnvironmentandRecreation Natural features such as hills, forests, water bodies and ravines make an area environmentally sensitive. Hence, as a matter of policy such areas have beenconsideredwhilelocatingrecreationalfacilities.Ecofriendlyusageslike Regional Park, Sports Complex and institutional areas have been proposed around natural areas. Therefore, it is recommended that the environmental concern should be the guiding factor while planning such facilities at local level. Such environmentally fragile areas have been designated as Natural Conservation Area and Ecological Conservation Zone which shall be conserved and no development activities having adverse impact should be allowedonthem. Consciouseffortshavebeenmadetolocatecitylevelrecreationalfacilitiesin a spatially balanced manner so that every part of the city has access to such facilitiesatareasonabledistance. Amusement Park with Golf Course has been planned on the bank of river Sahibi with dual consideration. River front offers an ideal location for leisurely entertainment which in turn presses for the development of river bankanditsbed. Sahibi river has been given a green buffer of 250 m on either side which would help revive the dry river through water retention and recharge the river bed. The buffer would also restrict encroachment in the river ecosystem.
1013
Sincere effort should be made by all concerned agencies to help revive Sahibi river through afforestation and removing encroachments in the catchmentareainuppercourseoftheriver. Allwaterbodiesincludingriver,lakes,ponds(johar),rivuletsandstreamsare meansofgroundwaterrecharge.Conservationofallsuchwaterbodiesshall be ensured by the Urban Local Body or by the concerned department while preparing sector level plans. They should be maintained and kept free from building activities particularly those identified in revenue records even if no waterisfoundatpresent. A sizeable Mela Ground has been proposed to accommodate gatherings on Mohan Baba Temple. The mela ground may be used for other cultural activitiesandduringthepilgrimagethesamemaybeexclusivelyusedforthe pilgrims.
10.1.15 SpecialUses Corporate Park has been proposed as an alternative economic zone in view of the immense potential for nonmanufacturing economic development. Therefore, only nonmanufacturingactivities like Corporate Offices, IT Parks, BioTech Parks, B.P.Os., ITES, R&D Centres, Trade and Exhibition Ground, FiveStarHotelsetc.shallbedevelopedinthiszone. Proposed Corporate Park with matching facilities like exhibition ground, Multimodal Transit Station (MMTS), golf course and amusement park shall bedevelopedasanindependenthiendcity. 10.1.16 PeripheralControlBelt PeripheralControlBelt(PCB)istheareabetweenUrbanisableArealimitand Notified Area limit. Objective of the peripheral control belt is to restrict haphazard development on periphery of the city along road. This belt will have very limited activities permitted inside like agriculture and allied activities, mining/quarrying and stone crushing, motel, resort, amusement parks,brickkilnsetc. Sare Khurd lake on eastern limit of Notified Area Boundary has been kept as part of Ecological Conservation Zone with an aim to conserve the lake. However, lake front shall be developed exclusively for tourism purposes in a planned manner to ensure only ecofriendly limited development takes placeandthatnoharmisdonetothelakefromtourismactivities. Cremation ground and burial ground will be allowed to be developed in peripheralcontrolbelt.
1014
10.1.17 EcologicalConservationZone An Ecological Conservation Zone (ECZ) has been proposed on the southeast of outer peripheral road. This area is infested with large scale ravines hence is an EcoSensitive Area which needs to be stabilized to protect the soil erosion on one hand and to provide much needed green area for improving environmentalhealthoftheplannedcityofGreaterBhiwadi. The ECZ will have extremely limited environmentfriendly low intensity use withminimumhabitationaspertheprovisionsofzoningregulations. 10.2 PLANIMPLEMENTATION Planningisacontinuousprocess.Thisprocessstartswithpreparationofplanandisnot theendoftheplanningprocessitself.Itisratherthebeginningofanefforttomakethe city a better place to live and work. Once the Plan is approved by the Government, it legally comes into force and the implementation of various provisions of the Master PlanassumesgreaterImportance. ThebestwaytomakethePlansuccessfulistomakesincereeffortstotranslatethePlan into practice. Most of the plans have failed, not because they were unrealistic, but because no conscious efforts were made to implement them with instant faith in ultimate realization. Plan implementation involves activities that translate the Plan into action, that execute rather than conceive. It involves all acts and actions by Public Authorities and private agencies, which are required to yield, in definite form, the resultswhichthesanctionedPlancontemplates. It requires both regulatory and developmental activities. Successful implementation depends upon legal provisions, administrative organization, technical guidance and financialresourcesbackedbyactiveparticipationandsupportofthecitizens,whomust make conscious efforts, individually as well as collectively, in making Greater Bhiwadi Complexabetterplacetoliveandwork. 10.2.1 ExistingFramework Urban Improvement Trust (UIT), Bhiwadi, Rajasthan Industrial Development and InvestmentCorporation(RIICO)andRajasthanHousingBoard(RHB)havetheirpresence felt in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Since Greater Bhiwadi Complex is part of Rajasthan SubRegion of NCR, the NCR Cell of Town Planning Department also discharges its assigned functions. Recently, the Bhiwadi Municipal Board (BMB) has also been constituted. Besides above agencies, Public Works Department (PWD), Jaipur Vidyut
1015
Vitran Nigam Ltd. (JVVNL), PHED etc. are some of the important development agencies takingpartinthedevelopmenteffortsinthetown. RIICO, an autonomous corporation, acquires, develops and disposes land on its own by virtue of its elaborate autonomy. UIT, Bhiwadi does the same at a very limited scale with limited technical capabilities. RHB also is doing its bit by developing its housing schemes. BMB is very new to assume its function among such multiple actors of development which has only limited jurisdiction defined in Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Likewise,otherlinedepartmentsarealsoinvolvedservingexistingruralareasinGreater BhiwadiComplexlikePHEDandPWD. There is a classical case of multiplicity of development agencies creating classical problemsinregulatingdevelopment,coordinationandproperenforcement.Atpresent there is no unified single agency to look after the development, maintenance and co ordinationatthelocallevel.Coordinationbothduringplanningaswellimplementation stage is vital for the success of any Development Plan. If there is a single authority acting as a coordinating body to look after all development activities and provide proper guidelines for the various departments, it shall not only facilitate organized development of the town according to the overall plan but also help the various development agencies in their respective works. This coordinating authority should, however,remaininconstanttouchwithalldevelopmentagencies. There are two crucial aspects of planning process left after plan preparation and approval by the State Government (a) plan implementation and monitoring and (b) development control and regulation. Both the functions are of prime importance and complementary to each other. An organization entrusted with overall responsibility to implementandregulatethedevelopmentenvisagedinMasterPlanforGreaterBhiwadi 2031 shall have sweeping powers vested in it and enormous efficiency and efficacy coupledwithstateofthearttechnicalcapabilities. Atpresentnoneoftheorganizationsareinapositiontofullydischargeanyofthemajor twoimplementingorregulatoryfunctions,atentireGreaterBhiwadilevel. 10.2.2 FutureOptions It is, therefore, imperative that one Unified Authority be entrusted to regulate, enforce and coordinate all development works in Greater Bhiwadi. In National CapitalRegional Plan2021, emphasis has been given to create a Regional Development Authority with wider jurisdiction to undertake Planning and Implementation work in the entire
1016
Rajasthan SubRegion. The objectives of the Authority shall be to promote and secure thedevelopmentofSubRegion.TheAuthorityshallbetheprincipalbody. ThenewlyconstitutedBhiwadiMunicipalBoard(BMB)maytakeuptheresponsibilityof carrying out civil functions with adequate powers. In accordance with the 74th Constitutional Amendment Act, 1992, status of the Urban Local Body i.e. BMB may be upgraded to Municipal Corporation with adequate powers to take up the responsibilities as specified in the XIIth Schedule of the Constitution of India. Accordingly the jurisdiction of the local body may be extended to cover entire Greater BhiwadiComplexatasuitablepointoftime. To achieve the goal of Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan2031, a fast impending growth will have to be efficiently managed and regulated. It is strongly recommended that various suitable modes of PublicPrivatePartnership (PPP) be adopted to finance and develop selected big projects. Specific areas of development where such options of PPP should be explored include large projects like construction of proposed outer peripheral road and arterial roads as toll roads, integrated freight complex, nonmanufacturing economic projects in proposed corporate park, large health and educational projects etc. and Operation and Maintenance of water supply, sewerage and solid waste managementschemes. 10.2.3 PublicCooperationandParticipation Development of a city in the ultimate analysis depends on the hopes and aspirations of the people. For the speedy realization of the Master Plan objectives, it is important to have the fullest cooperation of its citizens. No Plan can ever be successful without the active participation of the people for whose benefit and well being it is evolved. Therefore, the Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan accepts the need for institutional capacity building, User Pays approach and public private partnership as tools for institutional strengthening. To improve the efficiency and boost the performance, increasing communityinvolvementanddecentralisedmanagementisrequired. 10.2.4 Conclusion A Master Plan is only a picture of likely opportunities for developing a city and can be realized provided energetic efforts are made to implement it. A rational or practical approach has been evolved while preparing the Master Plan of Greater Bhiwadi Complex. Minimum dislocation of the existing use had been aimed at. The Plan has been prepared with the express desire for the betterment of town facilities, increasing publicamenitiesandmakingGreaterBhiwadiahealthierplacetoliveandwork.
1017
Chapter11
DEVELOPMENT PROMOTIONAND CONTROL REGULATIONS
11.DEVELOPMENTPROMOTIONANDCONTROL
REGULATIONS
11.1 INTRODUCTION The objective of the Development Promotion/Control Regulations Master Plan2031 is to promote and regulate development controls for building(s) within use premises in accordance with the development policies and landuse proposals contained in the Master Plan2031, Greater Bhiwadi Complex. These regulations will be effective throughouttheGreaterBhiwadiMasterPlanArea. The Development Promotion and Control Regulation (Master Plan2031) are being envisaged to regulate the development building proposals in GreaterBhiwadi Complex. The regulations will act as mechanism to grant permissions for creation of infrastructure facilities for the city and also to implement the broad landuse policies of Master Plan2031. These regulations will act as promotional as well as control the developmenttoachievetheplannedgrowth. The approval of landuse shall be granted by competent authority as per provisions of these regulations. It is a systematic Development Promotion Control Regulation to ascertaintheuseactivityattwolevels Conversionofusezonesintousepremises(layout) Permission of use activities on use premises. The Development Promotion/Control Regulations differentiates between theuse zone and use premises. 11.2 THETITLEANDEXTENT 11.2.1 These may be called the Development Promotion/Control Regulations Greater BhiwadiMasterPlan2031. 11.2.2 It covers the entire Greater Bhiwadi defined as BhiwadiTapookaraKhushkhera Complex notified under subsection (1) of section (3) of Rajasthan Urban ImprovementAct1959(RajasthanActNo.35of1959) 11.3 DEFINITIONS Inthiscodeunlessthecontextotherwiserequires:
| DEVELOPMENT PROMOTION AND CONTROL REGULATIONS
111
1) LandUsePlanmeanstheMasterPlan2031indicatingusezones. 2) Zonal Development Plan means a plan for one of the zones of Greater Bhiwadi Complex containing detailed information regarding provision of socialinfrastructure;parksopenspacesandcirculationsystemetc. 3) Local area plans means the plan of a sub zone to be prepared and approved bytheconcernedlocalbody. 4) Layout plan means a plan indicating configuration and size of all use premises. Each use zone may have one or more than one layout plan depending upon the extensiveness of the area under the specific use zones andviceversa.Alayoutplanshallhaveatleasttwousepremisesapartfrom recreational, utilities and transportation and a minimum area of 1 hectare belowwhichitistermedassiteplanorsubdivisionplan. 5) Permittedusepremisesmeansallowedusepremiseswithoutanycondition. 6) Permissibleusepremisesmeansallowedusepremiseswithcertaincondition bythecompetentauthority. 7) Mixed land use means provision for non residential activity in residential premises. 8) Special uses means uses which have special purposes in Greater Bhiwadi ComplexasdefinedintheLandusePlanoftheGreaterBhiwadiComplex. 11.4 SANCTIONOFPLANS 11.4.1 Layout Plans, Site Plans and Building Plans shall be approved by competent authority/localbodies. 11.5 DESIGNATEDUSEZONES The notified area of Greater Bhiwadi is divided into nine use zones, which are as follows: (i) ResidentialUseZone (ii) CommercialUseZone (iii) IndustrialUseZone (iv) PublicSemiPublic (v) Recreational (vi) Transportation (vii) SpecialUseZone a) CorporatePark b) ProtectedForest c) NaturalConservationArea d) EcologicalConservationZone (viii) TransitOrientedDevelopment (ix) PeripheralControlBelt
112
11.6 LOCATIONANDBOUNDARIESOFUSEZONES 11.6.1Any one of the use zone may be located at one or more than one places as shownintheLandUsePlan. 11.6.2 The boundaries of various pockets of use zones are defined in land use plan by featureslikeroadsetc. 11.7 LOCATIONANDBOUNDARIESOFUSEPREMISES 11.7.1The location and boundaries of each use premises shall conform to as specified in the layout plan with reference to important benchmark like road or other physicalfeatures. 11.7.2Any change in the location, boundaries and predominant use of use premises duetoanyreasonanddulyapprovedshallbeincorporatedinlayoutplan. 11.8 SUBDIVISIONOFUSEZONESINUSEPREMISES 11.8.1 The objective of this development code is to guide the preparation of layout plans for various land use zones and service plans corresponding to these layoutplansforprovisionofphysicalinfrastructurelikewatersupply,sewerage, drainageetc.shallconformtotheprescribednorms. 11.9 PERMISSIONOFUSEPREMISESINUSEZONE 11.9.1 May be as part of approval of layout plan or as a case of special permission by thecompetentauthority. Note: 1. The layout plan already approved by the Authority or any other local authority concerned in accordance with the law shall be deemed to be approved under theseDevelopmentPromotion/ControlRegulationsMasterPlan2031 2. An area in respect of which there is no approved layout plan shall be governed bytheprovisionsoftheMasterPlanandZonalPlan. 3. The permission under these regulations shall be granted for the land use only, the building permission shall have to be obtained by the plot owner/developer etc.asperprovisionsandbuildingparametersapplicable. 4. The competent authority shall formulate detailed rules procedures parameters, changespayableetc.forgrantingpermissionundertheseregulations. 5. In case of doubt, the permissibility of use premises shall be decided by the competentauthority.
113
| 11.10 PERMITTEDANDPERMISSIBLEUSEPREMISSESINVARIOUSUSEZONES 11.10.1.(A)PermittedUsePremisesinResidentialUseZones

S. No. 1 Activity Auditoriums MinimumArea Required(Ha) 0.15(fora sittingcapacity upto500seats) 0.75to0.1 0.2 0.05 RoadWidth inMeters 30mt.and above 12mt& above 18mt.& Above 18mt.& Above Definitions
UsePremises Auditorium Watch & Ward Residence (upto 30 sq.m) Bank, Watch, & Ward Residence (upto 30 sq.m), Commercial,Office,andCanteen BaratGhar,SoftDrink,&SnackBar(upto15sq.m)
2 3 4
A.Banks B.ATMS BaratGhar Boardingand Lodginghouse
5 6 7
BusStop Community Centre Convenience ShoppingCentre Cycle rickshaw/cycle cartstand Dharamshala
2.5mtX0.5mt 0.29 0.10
On18mt.& aboveroad 18mt.& aboveroad 12mt.& above
A premises having an enclosed space to seat audience and stage for various performances like Concerts,Play,Recitals,Functionsetc. A premise for office to perform banking function andoperations A premises used for marriage and other social functions " Boarding house" is a premises in which rooms are let out on a long term basis as compared to hotels; 'lodginghouse'isapremisesusedforlodgingofless than50persons Roadsideshadeforpassengerawaitingcitybuses
Boarding house and lodging house watch and ward residence (upto 30 sq.m) personnel service shops of Barber, Launderer, Soft drink & Snack stall(upto15sq.m) Busstopforevery500to750mt.interval30to40 mt.awayfromroadcrossing. A premise having an enclosed space for various Community hall, Watch and ward residence (upto socialandculturalactivitiesofaresidentialarea. 30sq.m),SoftdrinkandSnackstall. A group of shops not exceeding 50 in number in Retail, Repair and Personnel service shop, residential area serving a population of 5000 Restaurantclinic. persons.
1.5mt.x1.5mt perunit
9 10
0.05
Asper parkingzone ofthe scheme 12mt& Apremisesprovidingtemporaryaccommodationfor Dharamshala, Personnel service shop of barber & above shortdurationonnoprofitbasis. Launderer,Softdrink&Snackbar(upto15sq.m.). 18mt.& above 18mt.& A premises with facilities for exhibition and display Library, watch and ward residence (upto 30 sq.m), of paintings, Sculptures, Murals, Ceramics, Canteen,ExhibitionandArtGallery,Auditorium. handicraftsorproductsofaspecific A premises comprising of residential flats with basic Residential flat, Retail shop of confectionery,
ExhibitionandArt 1.0to2.0 Gallery GroupHousing 0.50
11
114
|
S. No. Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters above Definitions

UsePremises
12
GuestHouse
0.05
18mt.& above 12mt& above 12mt& above
amenities like Parking, Park, Convenience shops, Grocery & General merchandise, Books & Publicutilityetc. Stationary, Chemist, Barber, Laundry, Tailor, Vegetable shop (on Ground floor with an area upto 20 sq.m. each). Crche and day care centre, ongroundfloorwithanareaupot50sq.m. A guest house is premises for housing the staff of Guest house watch and wad residence (upto 30 Government, SemiGovernment, Public undertaking sq.m.) personnel service shops of Barber, andprivatelimitedcompanyforshortduration. Launderer,Softdrink&Snackstall(upto15sq.m.).
13 14
Gymnasium HealthCentre upto30beds
0.05 0.20to0.30
15
Hostel
0.05
18mt& above 12mt.& above 18mt& above 18mt& above 12mt.& above 12mt.& above
16 17
18
I.Tunitin residentialplot A.Integrated residentialschool withhostel facility B.Integrated schoolwithout hostelfacility C.Schoolfor Handicapped Children Library
0.02&more Aspernormsof educational dept. 2.0to3.0 0.20
A premise having facilities for treatment of indoor and outdoor patients having up to 30 beds. The health centre may be managed by a public or a charitableinstitutiononnoncommercialbasis. Premisesinwhichroomsattachedtoinstitutionsor otherwiseareletoutonalongtermbasis; APremiseinwhichI.Tunitisbeingrun. A premise having educational and playing facilities for student.s up to xii standard. It shall have boarding facilities for students and may have residencesforfacultymembers.
Health Centre watch and ward residence (upto 30 sq.m),Chemistshop(upto15sq.meach)
Hostel watch and ward residence (upto 30 sq.m), Personnel service shops of Barber, Launderer, Soft drink&Snackstall(upto15sq.m). I.Tunitofficewatchandward. Residential flat (for maintenance staff), Institutional hosted, Retail shops of 15 sq.m. each (Confectionery, Grocery & General merchandise, Books & Stationery, Chemist, Barber, Launderer, Vegetable), Canteen, Bank extension counter, Auditorium, Indoor games hall, Swimming pool, Playground,Postofficecounterfacility.
0.05to0.1
A premise having a large collection of books for Library, watch & ward Residence (up to 30 sq.m.), reading and reference for general public or specific Canteen,ExhibitionandArtgallery,Auditorium. class.
115
|
S. No. 19 Activity Localshopping centre MinimumArea Required(Ha) 0.40 RoadWidth inMeters 12mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises
20 21
Nursery&kinder garterschool NursingHome
0.10 0.20to0.30
12mt.& above 12mt.& above
22
OldAgeHome
0.1
12mt.& above
23
Park
24 25
PlantNursery PlottedHousing
0.05 Asperscheme
12mt.& above
26
PolicePost
0.05
12mt.& above 12mt.& above 12mt.&
27
PrimarySchool
0.20to0.40
A group of shops not exceeding 75 numbers in Retail , Repair and Personnel service shop, residential area serving a population of 15,000 Informal sector unit, Commercial office, Cottage persons. and Service industry, Clinical Laboratory, Clinic & Polyclinic,Restaurant, Soft drink & Snack stall, Post office and Bank extension counter, Nursing home andGuesthouse. A premise with facilities for training and playing for Nursery and kindergarten school watch & ward childrenpreparatorytotheschool. residence(upto30sq.m). A premise having medical facilities for indoor and Nursing home, watch & ward Residence (upto 30 outdoor patients having up to 30 beds. It shall be sq.m.each),Chemistshop(upto15sq.m.each). managed by a doctor or a group of doctors on commercialbasis. A premise with residential and related facilities for Old age home, Residence/flat for Caretaker and oldagepersons. watch&ward.Personnelserviceshop,Dispensary, Club,Communityhall. A premise used for recreational leisure activities. It Park, Soft drink & Snack stall (on the park with & may have on it related landscaping, Parking above1.0hectarearea). Facilities, Public toilet, Fencing etc. it will include synonymslikeLawn,Openspace,Green,etc. It is a premise with facilities for rearing and sale of Nursery,watch&wardResidence(upto30sq.m.). youngplants. Allstructuresshallbetemporaryinnature. A premises for one or more than one dwelling unit Residence mixed use activity as per the andmayhaveonitonemainbuildingblockandone recommendationinthesectiononmixedlanduse. accessory block for garage/garages and servant quarters. Apremisehavingfacilitiesforalocalpolicepostofa Policepost,Essentialstaffhousing. temporary nature or on smaller scale as compared toapolicestation. A premise having educational and playing facilities Primary school, Watch & ward residence (upto 30 forstudentsuptovstandard. sq.m.),BooksandStationeryshop(upto15sq.m.), Softdrink&Snackstall.
28
Professional
0.05
116
|
S. No. 29 Activity Offices Publicutilities andbuilding exceptservices andstorageyard MinimumArea Required(Ha) Asper concerned Dept.norms RoadWidth inMeters above Definitions

UsePremises
30 31
Recreational Clubs Religious Premises
0.10 0.05
(i) Overhead tank A premises having an overhead tank for storage and supply of water to its neighbouring areas. It may or may not include a pumphouse. (ii) Underground tankA premises having an underground tank for storage and supply of water to its neighbouring areas. It may or may not include apumphouse. (iii) Oxidation pond A premises having a tank used for the oxidation process for sewage and other waste. (iv) Septic tank A premises having an underground tank for collection of sewage and its consequent disposal. (v) Sewage pumping stationA premises with a pumping station used for pumping sewage on to a highergradient. (vi) Public toilet and urinal A premises having latrine and urinals for use of public. It may or may notincludedrinkingwaterfacility. (vii) Electric sub station A premises having electrical installation and transformer for distributionofpower. (viii) Solid waste collection centre A premises used for collection of garbage for its onwards transportationtosanitarylandfill/disposal. A premise having facilities for recreational activities includingindoorgames A premise dedicated to accommodations and serviceofgodorotherobjectsofreligiousnature.It may have different nomenclature in different
Public utility premises Overhead tank, Underground tank, Oxidation pond, Septic tank, Sewerage pumping station, Public toilet urinal, Electric substation, Solid waste collection centre, Dhobighat.
(i) Temple, (ii) Mosque, (iii) Church, (iv) Gurudwara, (v) Synagogue, (vi) Ashram, (vii) Bathing tank, (viii) Dargah and (ix) Charitable
117
|
S. No. Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters Definitions

UsePremises dispensaryandLibrary. Research & Development centre, Watch & ward Residence (upto 30 sq.m.), Residential flat (for maintenance staff) Hostel, Canteen, Bank extension counter, Library, Post office extension facility. Residence, ground floor area may be used as work space for Retail shop, Household industry andPersonnelserviceshop. Residence,Professionalactivity
32
Researchand Development Centre
0.10
18mt.& above
religions like temple (all faiths), Mosque, Church, Gurudwara,Ashram. A premise providing facilities for research and developmentforanyspecificfield.
33
34
Residencecum workplot(Shop cumResidence) ResidentialFlat
Asper scheme 0.10
12mt.& above 12mt.& above 12mt.& above
35
SecondarySchool
1.0orasper requirementof educational deptt.
Apremisesprovidingresidentialaccommodationfor one family (one household) and its workspace restrictedtogroundfloor. A residential accommodation for one family (one household) which may occur as a part of group housingorindependently. A premise having educational and playing facilities forstudentsuptoxstandard.Itshallincludemiddle schoolswhichareuptoviiistandardforthepurpose ofthiscode.
36
SeniorSecondary School
2.0orasper requirementof educational deptt.
12mt.& above
37
38
SocialWelfare centrewithout Auditorium TaxiandAuto Stand
0.10
18mt.& above Asper parkingzone ofthe scheme
Secondary, Senior secondary and Integrated school, Watch & ward Residence (upto 30 sq.m.), Books & Stationery and Chemist shop (upto 15 sq.m.), Soft drink & Snack stall, Canteen, Bank extension counter, Auditorium, Indoor games hall, Swimmingpool,PostOfficeCounterFacility. A premise having educational and playing facilities Secondary, Senior secondary and Integrated forstudentsuptoxiistandard. school, Watch & ward residence (upto 30 sq.m.), Books & Stationery and Chemist shop (up to 15 sq.m.), Soft drink & Snack stall, Canteen, Bank extension counter, Auditorium, Indoor games hall, Swimmingpool,Postofficecounterfacility. A premise with facilities for welfare and promotion Social welfare centre, Watch & ward Residence ofcommunitydevelopment. (upto 30 sq.m.), Canteen, Exhibition cum sale counter.
2mtx2mt
118
|
S. No. 39 MinimumArea Required(Ha) TechnicalTraining 0.10(asper Centre normsofthe Technical Education deptt.) WaterPumping AsperPHED Station Norms Weekly Market 0.10 Activity RoadWidth inMeters 18mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises Technical training centre, Residential flat (for maintenance staff), Books & Stationery shop, Chemist ship (up to 15 sq.m. each), Canteen, Bank extensioncounter,Auditorium,Postofficecounter facility.
A premise with facilities for training in discipline of technical nature. It includes technical school and industrialtraininginstitute,etc. InFacilityArea
40 41
18mt.& above
42
YogaCentre
0.05
12mt.& above
An area used once in a week by a group of informal establishments in the form of a market. These markets shift from one area to another on different daysoftheweek. A premises having facilities for self attainment, achieving higher quality of mind and body, Spiritual andreligiousdiscourseetc.
Weeklymarket,Informalsectortrade,Softdrink& Snack stall (all structures will be either temporary ormobile,onlyforonedayinaweek). Yoga centre, Meditation, Spiritual and Religious discourse centre Yoga centre, Meditation, Spiritual and Religious discourse centre, Watch & ward residence (upto 30 sq.m.), Hostel, Soft drink &stall.
43
BanquetHall
18mt.& above
11.10.1(B)PermissibleUsePremisesInResidentialUseZones
S. No. 1 2 Activity Bakeriesand Confectionaries BurialGrounds/ Cremationsite MinimumArea Required(Ha) 30sq.m Thesitefor Burialgrounds/ Cremationsite shallbe indentifiedat suchlocations RoadWidth inMeters 18mt.& above Definitions UsePremises
It is a premise with facilities for burying of dead Burial ground, Cremation ground, Cemetery and bodies. electric crematorium burial ground, Cremation ground,Cemeteryandelectriccrematorium,Retail shops of wood, Flowers and related materials, Watch&wardResidence(upto30sq.m.)
119
|
S. No. Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) whicharenotin proximitiesto residential areas.9 Asperthe requirementof RSRTC 1.0to2.0 RoadWidth inMeters Definitions

UsePremises
BusDepot without workshop ChildrenTraffic Park A.CinemaHall B.Multiplex
Asper requirement ofRSRTC 18mt.& above 30mt.& above 30mt.& above 12mt.& above 12mt.& above
0.15 0.20
A premises used by a public transport agency or any other such agency for parking maintenance and repair of buses. This may or may not include a workshop. A premise in the form of park with facilities for introducing and educating children about traffic andsignaling. A premise with facilities for projection of movies andstillswithacoveredspacetoseataudience.
Bus depot, Workshop, Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Soft drink & Snack stall, Administrativeoffice. Children traffic park, Watch & ward residence (upto 30 sq.m.), Soft drink & Snack stall, Museum, Auditorium. Cinema,Watch&wardresidence(upto30sq.m.), Administrative office, Soft drink & Snack stall, Museum,Auditorium.
6 7 8
Clinicallaboratory 0.01to0.02 Household Industry MotorCycle repairingwork shopgarages Multipurpose shop Municipalstate andcentralgovt. office 30sqmand above 45sq.mt
A premise with facilities for carrying out various Clinicallaboratory,Softdrink&Snackstall. testsforconfirmationofsymptomsofadisease.
Inconvenientshoppingcentre.
9 10
60sq.mt Asper requirementof theconcerned deptt.
A premises used for the office of the central/state Central government office, Local government government. office & Public undertaking office Central government, State government, Local government & Public undertaking office. Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Retail shop, chemist, Books and Stationery, Consumer store (up to 20 sq.m. each on ground floor), Canteen, Bank extensioncounter,Postofficeextensioncounter.
1110
|
S. No. 11 Activity Museum MinimumArea Required(Ha) 0.10to0.15 RoadWidth inMeters 18mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises Museum, Exhibition centre and Art gallery, Auditorium and Open air theatre Museum, Exhibition centre and Art gallery, Auditorium and openairtheatre,Watch&wardresidence(upto 30sq.m.),Canteen. Museum, Exhibition centre and Art gallery, Auditorium and Open air theatremuseum, Exhibition centre and Art gallery, Auditorium and Open air theatre, Watch & ward Residence (up to 30sq.m.),Canteen. Open air theatre, Watch & ward residence (up to 30sq.m.),Canteen. Boarding house, school, watch and ward (up to 30 sq.m.)
A premise with facilities for storage and exhibition of objects illustrating antiques, Natural History, Art,etc. A premises having facilities for imparting training andcoachingforMusic,DancesandDramatics.
12
MusicDanceand DramaTraining Centre
0.10
18mt.& above
13 14
Openairtheatre A.Orphanage withoutschool B.Orphanage withschool Petrolanddiesel Pumpwithout servicestation PrintingPress Restaurants
0.10 0.05 0.1to0.15 30mtx20mt. oraspernorms ofMOST. 0.02 0.05to0.07
15
18mt.& above 12mt.& above 18mt.& above 24mt.& above 12mt.& above 24mt.& above
A premises having facilities for audience seating andastageforperformanceandisopentosky. A premise with facilities for boarding of children who are bereaved of parents. It may or may not haveeducationalfacilities.
A premise for sale of petroleum products to Petrol pump, Soft drink & Snack Stall, Automobile consumers. repairshop. A premise with facility of machinery for printing & publishingBooks,etc. A premises used for serving food items on commercial basis including cooking facilities. It may have covered or open or both for sitting arrangement. A premises with facilities for activities of socio cultural nature run by a public, Voluntary or individualonprimarynoncommercialbasis. Hallforprovidingpress.Watch&ward,Toiletetc. Restaurants
16 17
18
Sociocultural institute
0.1
18mt.& above
Social and Cultural institute, Watch & ward residence (upto 30 sq.m.), Soft drink & Stall, Restaurant, Bank extension counter facility, Canteen, Auditorium, Library, Music, Drama trainingcentre,Museum,ExhibitioncentreandArt gallery.
1111
|
S. No. 19 Activity StorageofLPG GasCylinders MinimumArea Required(Ha) 0.10 RoadWidth inMeters 18mt.& above(500 mt.away from residential plot/petrol pump) 18mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises
A premise where cylinders of cooking gas or other Storage, Godown, & Warehousing, Watch & ward gasarestored. residence (upto 30 sq.m.), wholesale outlet, administrativeandsalesoffice.
20
Transitvisitors camp
0.10
1112
11.10.1(C)PermissibleandnonpermissibleusesinHighDensityMixedUse (i) ManufacturingindustrieswillnotbeallowedinHighDensityMixedUse. (ii) Any trade or activity involving any kind of obnoxious, hazardous, inflammable, non compatibleandpollutingsubstanceorprocessshallnotbepermitted. (iii) Commercial Activity in the form of retail shop as per (ii) shall be permitted in plots abutting notified mixed use zone. Retail shops shall be permitted on plots abutting streets notified for mixed land use only on the ground floor as per the applicable buildingbylaws. (iv) Shops operating from basement on such streets may continue, subject to relevant provisions of building bylaws, structural safety, clearance. The following activities shallnotbeallowedundermixedusesuchas: Retail shop of building materials, timber, timber products (excluding furniture), firewood, coal, any fire hazardous and other bulky material, marble, iron, astral (grave,cementandsand) (v) The small shops of maximum 20 sq. mt. area trading in or dealing with the following items or activities may be allowed on ground floor only, in residential premises as listedbelow. a) Vegetables/fruits/flowers. b) Bakeryitems/confectionaryitems. c) Kirana/Generalstore/Departmentalstore. d) Dairyproduct e) Stationary/books/gifts/bookbinding. f) Photostate/Fax/STD/PCO. g) Cybercaf/Phonecallbooths. h) LPGBookingoffice/showroomwithoutLPGcylinders. i) AttaChakki. j) Barbershop/Hairdressingsaloon/BeautyParlour. k) Laundry/Drycleaning/Ironing. l) Sweetshop/Teastallwithoutsittingarrangement. m) Chemistshop/Clinic/Dispensary/Pathologylab. n) Opticalshop. o) Tailoringshop. p) Electrical/Electronicrepairshop q) Photostudio r) Hosiery/Readymadegarments/Clothshop. s) ATM.
1113
| t) Cyclerepairshop.
vi) On Residential plots abutting minimum 18 ROW, following activities shall also be permitted. a) PreprimarySchool(includingnursery/Montessoricrche). b) NursingHome. c) Clinic,dispensary,pathologylabanddiagnosticcentre. d) Guesthouse(includinglodginghouse)irrespectiveofnumberofrooms. e) Bank. f) Fitnesscentre(includinggymnasium,yoga/meditationcentre). g) Coaching centres / tuition centre other than those imparting structured courses leading directly to the award of a degree or diploma or conducting classes such asaregularschool. Note: A. The above mentioned activities shall also be subject to any other specific terms and conditionsasmaybeprescribedintherelevantacts/rulesapplicabletothem. B. Preprimaryschoolandfitnesscentreshallberestrictedonlytothegroundfloorup tothepermissiblegroundcoverage. C. It shall be the responsibility of the plot owner to make arrangement for parking as perthebylawssothattheparkingdoesnotencroach/spilloveronpublicland. D. Noencroachmentshallbepermittedonstreetorpublicland. E. Development control norms as per building by laws applicable for the particular residentialusewillcontinuetobeapplicableeveniftheplotordwellingunitisputto mixeduse. F. If the notified street is a master plan road, and if a service road is available or provided for by local bodies, then the mixed use premises should be approached fromsuchserviceroadandnotdirectlyfromthemaincarriageway. G. Ifanycommercialactivityisproposedonplotteddevelopment,frontsetbackshould nothaveboundarywallsothatitcanbeusedforadditionalparking. H. Common parking areas would be earmarked on notified mixed use streets taking it to an account that the additional load on traffic and parking consequent s up on notificationofthestreetundermixedusepolicy. I. Wherethereisonlyonedwellingunitinaresidentialplottherecanbeonlyonetype on mixed use (i.e. retail shop or professional activity or one of the other activities listedin(v) J. Where there are more than one dwelling unit in a residential plot, each of the dwelling units will be permitted to have only one type of mixed use activity i.e. (either retail shop or professional activity or any one of the other activity as listed in (v)
1114
| K.
L.
In group housing only professional activity and small shops as listed in (v) shall be permissible. Retail shops specifically provided in the layout plan of group housing wouldbepermissible. The case of mixed use within the plot, the building regulations may specify and to thatextenttheaboveshallbecreatedasmodified
1115
| 11.10.2(A)PermittedUsePremisesinCommercialUseZone
S.No. 1 Activity Auditoriums MinimumArea Required(Ha) 0.10 RoadWidth inMeters 18mt.and above Mt.Perauto 2mt.Per thela&2mt. *1.5mt.Per rickshaw 12mt.& above 18mt.& above 18mt. & above 18mt. & above Definitions
UsePremises
Auto/Thela/ Rickshawstand
2mt.X1.5
A premises having an enclosed space to seat Museum , Exhibition centre and Art gallery, audience and stage for various performances like Auditorium and open air theatre, Watch & ward Concerts,Play,Recitals,Functionsetc. Residence) A premise providing space for parking of Auto/Rickshawwithorwithoutparkingfee.
3 4 5 6
Bakeries& confectionaries Bank
0.03 0.07to0.1
Community 0.1 hall/Baratghar Boardinghouse 0.05 &lodginghouse
BusTerminal
1.0
30mt. & above 30mt. & above 30mt. & above 30mtr&
Cinema
0.15
Apremiseshavinganeclecticown/Bhattiformaking Bakeriesitems&threemarketing. A premise used for office to perform banking functionandoperation. A premises used for marriage and other social functions Boardinghouseisapremisesinwhichroomsarelet out on a long term basis as compared to hotels: Lodging house is a premises used for lodging of less than50persons A premises used by public transport agency to park thebusesforshortdurationtoservethepopulation .Itmayincludetherelatedfacilitiesforpassengers A premise with facilities for projection of movies andstillswithacoveredspacetoseataudience
Bankwatch&wardresidence(upto30qm.M.) CommercialofficeandCanteen. Baratghar,softdrink&snackbar(upto15sq.m.) Boarding house & lodging house, watch and wad residence (Upto 30sq .m) Personnel service shops of barber, Launderer and soft drink & snack stall (Upto15sq.m) Bus Terminal. Soft drink & SNACK stall, Administrativeoffice,OtherOffices
College A.Technical College B.Medical
AsperAICTE norms AsperNormsof
Cinema, watch & ward residence (Upto 30 sq.m). Administrative office ,soft drink & snack stall, Museum,Auditorium A premise having educational and playing facilities College, Residential flat (for maintenance forstudentsofundergraduatedandpostgraduated staff),institutional hosted, Retail shops of 15 sq.m courses under a university. It includes all each (Confectionary, grocery & General professionaldisciplines. Merchandise , Books & Stationery, Chemist, Barber, Launderer, Vegetable),canteen, bank
1116
|
S.No. Activity College MinimumArea Required(Ha) Medicalcouncil ofIndia 0.05 0.6 3mt.X3mt. 0.30to0.50 0.025to0.05 RoadWidth inMeters above Definitions

UsePremises
10 11
12 13
14
Commercial office A.GasGodown IncludingSupply office B.GasBooking Office General Business Godowns& warehosuing (Non Inflammable) Govt./ Institutional Office
12mtr& above 18mtr& above 9mtr& above 18mt& above 18mt& above 18mt& above
Extension counter, Auditorium, Indoor games hall, Swimming pool, play ground, Post office counter facility A premises used for offices of profit making Commercial office, retail & personnel Service organisation shop,Restaurant,bank,Post&Telegraphoffice A premises having stories facilities for gas cylinder Gas Godown, watch & ward Residence ( Upto 30 storage out skirts of residential colony.( 200 mt. sq.m),CaretakerOffice AwayfromresidentialPlot) A shop/ office for booking of gas cylinder without anystorage.
0.10
A premise for Whole sale trade is a premise from where goods and commodities are sold and deliveredtoretailers.Suchpremisesincludestorage andgodownandloadingandunloadingfacilities A premises used for the office of union /State Government
Whole sale tradeWhole sale shop, Go down & Storage, commercial office (Restricted to 25 5 of thetotalfloorarea) Central government, State government, local government & Public undertaking office. Watch & wardresidence(uptoSq.m).retailshop,Chemist, BooksandStationery,Consumerstore(uptoto20 sq.m each on ground floor), canteen, bank ExtensionCounter,PostofficeExtensionCounter. Group housing Residential flat, retail shop of Confectionery, grocery & general Merchandise, Books & Stationary, Chemist, barber, Lundry, tailor, Vegetable shop (on ground floor with an area up to 20 sq. m each). Crche and day care centre,ongroundfloorwithanareaupto50sq.m. Hostel, Guest house, boarding house and Lodging house, watch and ward residence ( Upto 30 sq.m). Personnel service shops of barber, launderer , Soft
15
GroupHousing/ ResidentialPlot
0.5(GH)0.02to 0.05(RP)
12mt& above
A premises comprising of residential flats with basic amenities like parking, park, convenience shops, publicUtility,etc.
16
Guesthouses
0.05
18mt& above
A guest house is premises for housing the staff of Government, Semi Government, Public Under taking and private limited company for short
1117
|
S.No. Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters Definitions

UsePremises drink&Snackstall(upto15sq.m)
17
Healthcentre Upto20beds
0.20to0.30
18mt& above
18
Hotels
0.15
19
Library
0.05
20
MedicalClinic
0.02
24mt& above 12mt& above 12mt& above 18mt& above 12mt& above
21 22
MotorDriving TrainingCentre NightShelter
0.1 0.05ormore
23
NursingHome
0.10to0.20
18mt& above
24
Park/Open Space
Hotel, Retail & Personnel service shops & Commercial office restricted to 5 % of the total floorarea,Restaurant A premise having a large collection of books for Library, watch & ward residence ( upto 30 sq.m reading and reference for general public or specific each). Canteen, Exhibition and art gallery, class. Auditorium A premise with facilities for treatment of outdoor Clinic patients by a doctor. In Case of a polyclinic, it shall bemanagedbygroupofDoctors. A premise having facilities for training of driving Motor Driving Training Centre, Watch & ward automobiles residence(upto30sq.m),Softdrink&Snackstall A premises providing night accommodation to NightShelter individuals without any charges or with token charges it may be run by local government of voluntaryagencies A premise having facilities for indoor and outdoor Nursing Home, Watch & ward residence ( upto 30 patients having upto 30 beds . it shall be managed sq.m),Chemistshop(upto15sq.meach) by a doctor or a group of doctors on commercial basis A premise used for recreational leisure activities. It Park, Soft Drink & Snack Stall ( on the park with & may have on it related Landscaping, Parking above1.0hectarearea).
duration; Boarding house is a premises in which rooms are let out on a long term basis as compared tohotels Lodging house is a premises used for lodging of lessthan50persons A premise having facilities for treatment of indoor and outdoor patients having upto 30 beds . the health centre may be managed by public or a charitable institution on noncommercial basis. It Includesfamilywelfarecentre. A premises used for lodging of 15 persons or more onpaymentwithorwithoutmeals
Health Centre Watch & ward residence ( upto 30 sq.meach),chemistshop(upto15sq.meach)
1118
|
S.No. Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters Definitions

UsePremises
25
ParkingSites
AsperScheme
26
27 28 29 30
a.Petrolpump withservice station b.Without servicestation PoliceStation/ PolicePost Postoffice Railwayfreight godown Technical Training Institute
36mtrX36mt. 30mt.X20mtr 0.02to0.05 0.02to0.05 Asperdept. Norms 0.1
facilities, public toilet, Fencing etc. It will include synonymslikelawn,openspace,green,etc Asper A premises used for parking of vehicles. The public Parking parkingzone parking lots may be run on commercial or non ofthe commercialbasis scheme 24mtr& A premise for sale of petroleum products to Petrol pump, Soft Drink & Snack Stall, Automobile above consumers.Itmayincludeservicingofautomobiles repairshop
12mtr& above 12mtr& above
18mtr& above
A premise having facilities for the offices of local policestation. A premise with facilities for postal communication forusebythepublic A premise for storage of goods transported by the railways A premise with facilities for training in discipline of technical nature. It Includes technical school and industrialtraininginstitute,etc.
Police Station, Essential staff housing,. Police post, Essentialstaffhousing Post office, Post & telegraph office, Watch & ward residence(upto30sq.m),Canteen
31
Researchand Development
0.1
18mtr& above
32
Restaurants
0.05to0.07
24mt& above
Technical training center, residential flat ( for maintenance staff ), Books & stationary shop, Chemist shop ( Upto 15 sq. m each), Canteen, Bank Extension counter, Auditorium, Post Office counterfacility A premise providing facilities for research and Research and Development, , Watch & ward developmentforanyspecificfield residence ( upto 30 sq.m ), Residential flat ( for maintenance staff ) hostel, canteen, Bank extension counter , Library , Post office extension facility A premise used for serving food items on Restaurants commercial basis including cooking facilities. It may have covered or open or bath for sitting arrangement
1119
|
S.No. 33 34 Activity RetailShops Road/rail/air/ transport bookingoffice ServiceCenter &Service Industry StockExchange /Financial Institution Technical TrainingCentre MinimumArea Required(Ha) 3mtrX3mtr 30sq.mtrper counter 0.05 RoadWidth inMeters 12mt& above 12mt& above 18mt& above Definitions

UsePremises
A premise for sale of commodities directly to Retailshop,Repairshop,Personnelserviceshop. consumerwithnecessarystorage A premise for ticket booking facilities for Bookingoffice Road/rail/air/transportation A premises essentially having repair shops for automobiles ,electrical appliances, building material, etc. to provide essential services to neighboringresidentialareas A premise having facilities for stock trading and financialactivities Retail, Repair & personnel service shop, Cottage industry,GasGodown,commercialoffice.
35
36
0.10
18mt& above 18mt& above
Stock Trading, Foreign exchange & Trassing activitiesbankingfacilities,brokersofficesetc.
37
38 39
Telephone Exchange WareHousing& 0.05to0.1 Coveredstorage
0.10(Asper normsof Technical education deptt.) 0.1
40
WeeklyMarket
0.10
18mt& above
41
WholeSale
0.02to0.03
12mt&
A premise with facilities for training in discipline of Technical training center, residential flat (for technical nature. It Includes technical school and maintenance staff ), Books & stationary shop, industrialtraininginstitute,etc. Chemistshop(Upto15sq.meach),Canteen,Bank Extension counter, Auditorium, Post Office counterfacility A premise having facilities for central operation of Telephone Exchange, Watch & ward residence telephonesystemforadesignatedarea (upto30sq.m),Canteen A premise for wholesale trade is a premise from Wholesale shop, godown storage, commercial where goods and commodities are sold and office(Restrictedto25%ofthetotalfloorarea). delivered to retailers. Such premises includes storage and godown and loading and unloading facilities An area used once in a week by a group of informal WeeklyMarket,Informalsectortrade,SoftDrink& establishments in the form of a market. These Snack Stall ( all structures will be either temporary Markets shift from one area to another on different ormobile,onlyforonedayinaweek) days of the week. Informal unit: retail/Service unit, stationary or mobile working without roof including smallkhokhasonroadside. A premise for Whole Sale Trade is a premise from Whole sale shop, godown & storage, commercial
1120
|
S.No. Activity Trade MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters above Definitions

UsePremises
42 44
Workplace/ Offices BanquetHall
0.10
18mt& above 18mt.& above
where goods and commodities are sold and office(Restrictedto25%ofthetotalfloorarea). delivered to trailers. Such premises include storage andgodownandloadingandunloadingfacilities. Notes: (I) Park, Parking, Public Conveniences, Public utility are permitted in all premises wherever needed. (II)In case of clubbing of premises , uses of all the premisesclubbedareallowed (III) In case of doubt, the permissibility of use premises/use activity shall be decided by the concerned committee of the Jaipur Development Authorityconstitutedundersection10oftheact. (Iv) A structure which can be shifted from one palce to another or removed as eh case may be shallbeconsideredastemporarystructure A premises used for offices of profit making Commercial offices, retail & Personnel service organisation shop,Restaurant,Bank,Post&Telegraphoffice.
11.10.2(B)PermissibleUsePremisesinCommercialUseZone
S.No. 1 Activity BusTerminal MinimumArea Required(Ha) Asper requirementof RSRTC RoadWidth inMeters 18mt.& above Definitions UsePremises
A premises used by a public transport agency for Bus depot, workshop, watch & ward Residence parking maintenance and repair of Buses. This may (up to 30 sq. m.) soft drink Snack stall Administrativeoffice. ormaynotincludeaworkshop.
1121
|
S.No. 2 Activity Childrens TrafficPark Coal/Wood/ TimberYard Coalstorage/ chillingplant Communityhall Cultural Information Centre MinimumArea Required(Ha) .01to0.2 RoadWidth inMeters 12mt.& above 18mt.& above 30mt.& above 18mt.& above 18mt.& above. Definitions

UsePremises
3 4
0.1 0.1to0.15
5 6
0.20 0.10
8 9
Exhibition centreandArt Gallery GasInstallation &gasworks Hospitals
1.0to2.0
0.05 1.5to2.5
10
11
Hotel/ Transitvisitors houses JunkYard
05.05 0.10 0.05
Children Traffic park, watch & ward Residence (up to 30 sq.mt. soft drink Snack stall , Museum, Auditorium. Trading & facilities for storage of Coal /Wood /Timberwatch&wardFlatupto30sq.m. Cold storage, Watch & Ward Residence (up to 30 sq.m.),Caretakeroffice. Community hall, Watch & Ward Residence (up to 30sq.m.)softdrinkSnackstall. Cultural and Information centre Watch & Ward Residence(upto30sq.m.)Hostel,Canteen,Bank extension counter facility. Auditorium (up to 500 v sitting capacity) Library, Exhibition and Art Gallery. A premises with facilities for exhibition and display Exhibition centre and Art Gallery Watch & Ward of paintings, Sculpture, Murals, ceramics, Residence(upto30sq.m.)Canteen Handicraftsorproductsofaspecificclass. A premises with facilities of storage for Gas cylinder andGasweldingwork. A premises providing medical facilities of general or Hospitals, Residential flat (employees and service specialized nature for treatment of outdoor and personal) Institutional hostel, Medical college, indoorpatients. Retail shop (confectionary, Grocery & General merchandise, Books and stationary, Barber, Launderer,vegetables). A premises in which rooms attached to Institutions Hotel, Commercial office , Retail & Personal orotherwiseareletoutonalongtermbasis. service shop , Restricted 5% of the total floor area,Restaurant A premises for covered and semi covered or open JunkYard,Watch&Wardresidence,Salesoffice storage including sale & purchase of waste goods,
A premises in the form of park with facilities for introducingandeducatingchildrenabouttrafficand signaling. Open space for storage & trading of Coal/Wood/Timber. A premises where perishable commodities stored in covered space using mechanical and electrical devicestomaintaintherequiredtemperature,etc.. A premise having an enclosed space for various social&culturalactivitiesofaresidentialarea. A premises with facilities for cultural and information services for an institution, state and country.
1122
|
S.No. Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) 0.02to0.5 RoadWidth inMeters 12mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises
12
Motorgarage andworkshop Non obnoxious lightindustries Openair theatre Plantnursery Religious Building
CommoditiesandMaterials. Apremisesforservicingandrepairofautomobiles.
Workshop, Watch & Ward residence ( up to 30 sq. m. ) soft drink Snack stall Administrative office.
13 14 15 16
Aspernormsof industriesdeptt. 0.1 18mt.& above 0.05to0.1 12mt.& above 0.05to0.1 12mt.& above
17
Research& Development
0.1
18mt.& above
Apremiseshavingfacilitiesforaudienceseatingand astageforperformanceandisopentosky. It is a premises with facilities for rearing and sale of youngplants. A premises dedicated to accommodations and serviceofgodorotherobjectsofreligiousnature.It may have different nomenclature in different religions like temple (all faiths), mosque, church, gurudwara,Ashram. A premises providing facilities for research and developmentforanyspecificfield.
Open air theatre, Watch & Ward residence ( up to30sq.m.) Nursery, Watch & Ward residence ( up to 30 sq. m.) (i)Temple(ii)Mosque(iii)Church (iv)Gurudwara (v) Synagogue , (vi) Ashram ( vii) Bathing tank , ( viii) Dargah and ( ix) Charitable dispensaryandLibrary Research & Development centre, Watch & Ward Residence (up to 30 sq.m.) Residence flat (for maintenance staff) Hostel Canteen, Bank extension, counter, Library, Post Office extension facilities. Vocational training institute, Watch & Ward Residence (up to 30 sq.m.) Hostel, Books, & stationaryship(upto15sq.m.)Canteen,Library. Voluntary health service, Watch & Ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.) Administrative office, Dispensary,Canteen. Storage, godown & ware housing, Watch & ward Residence (up to 30 sq.m. ), Wholesale outlet,
18
Vocational training institute Voluntary healthservice
0.1
18mt.& above
19
0.05
12mt.& above
20
WareHousing/ storage
0.10
18mt.&
A premises with training facilities for short term courses for discipline, preparatory to employment in certain profession and trade. It includes training cumworkcentre. Apremiseshavingmedicalfacilitiesfortreatmentof outdoor patients and other like blood bank, etc. by voluntaryinstitutions.Thisservicemayalsotakethe formoftemporarycampwithcharitablemotive. A premises for storage godown and ware housing means premises for exclusive use of storage of
1123
|
S.No. Activity godownsof perishable goods. MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters above Definitions

UsePremises
goods and commodities in a manner as per the administrative&Salesoffice. requirements of respective commodities. The premises includes the related loading and unloading facilities for the purpose of goods and commodities by road transport or rail transport as thecasemaybe;
21
Sewerage treatmentplant
AsperMunicipalcorporations norms.
11.10.3(A)PermittedUsePremisesinIndustrialUseZone
S. Activity MinimumArea RoadWidth Definitions UsePremises No. Required(Ha) inMeters (Manufacturing,service,andlightindustry,extensiveandheavyindustry,specialindustrialareasandwarehousing)Inindustrialusezonethebuildingsandpremises shallnormallybeusedforidentifiedandassociatedpermittedandpermissibleuse/activities,onanapplication. 1 Auditorium 0.15 18mt.& A premises having an enclosed space to seat Museum, Exhibition centre and Art gallery, above audience and stage for various performances like Auditorium and Open air theatre, Watch & ward concerts,Play,Recitals,Functions,etc. residence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen. 2 Boardingand 0.05 18mt.& Boardinghouseisapremisesinwhichroomsarelet Boarding house and lodging house, watch and Lodginghouse above out on a long term basis as compared to hotels; wad residence (upto 30 sq.m.) Personnel service Lodging house is a premises used for lodging of less shops of Barber, Launderer, Soft drink & Snack stall(upto15sq.m.) than50persons. 3 BusDepotand 0.15(asper 18mt.& Apremisesusedbyapublictransportagencyorany Bus depot, Workshop, Watch & ward Residence Workshop requirementof above other such agency for parking maintenance and (up to 30 sq.m.) Soft drink & Snack stall, RSRTC) repair of buses this may or may not include a Administrativeoffice. workshop. 4 BusTerminal 1.0(asper 30mt.& A premises used by public transport agency to park Bus terminal, Soft drink & Snack stall, requirementof above the buses for short duration to serve the Administrativeoffice,Otheroffices.
1124
|
S. No. Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) RSRTC) 0.15 RoadWidth inMeters Definitions

UsePremises
Cinema
ColdStorageand Icefactory
0.1to0.15
Commercial Complex Dispensary
0.10
population. It may include the related facilities for passengers. A premise with facilities for projection of movies andstillswithacoveredspacetoseaaudience. A premises where perishable commodities are stored in covered space using mechanical and electrical devices to maintain the required temperature,etc. A premise having training facilities for Stenography, Correspondence,Recordkeeping,etc.
Cinema,Watch&wardresidence(upto30sq.m.), Administrative office, Soft drink& Snack stall, Museum,Auditorium. Cold storage, Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.),Caretakeroffice.
0.08to0.12
Gasgodowns
10
GuestHouse
Asper petroleum norms 0.05
18mt.& above
11
Hostels
0.05
18mt.& above
Commercial and Secretarial training centre, Watch&wardResidence(upto30 sq.m.),Canteen. A premise having facilities for medical advice and Dispensary,Softdrink&Snackstall. provision of medicines managed by public or charitableinstitutions. A premise where cylinders of cooking gas or other Gas godown, Watch & ward residence (up to 30 gasarestored. sq.m.),Caretakeroffice. A guest house is premises for housing the staff of Guesthouse,WatchandwadResidence(upto30 Government, Semigovernment, Public undertaking sq.m.) Personnel service shops of Barber, andPrivatelimitedcompanyforshortduration. Launderer, Soft drink & Snack stall (up to 15 sq.m.) Premises in which rooms attached to Institutions. Hostelswatchandwadresidence(upto30sq.m.) Orotherwiseareletoutonalongtermbasis PersonnelserviceshopsofBarber,Laundererand Softdrink&Snackstall(upto15sq.m.)
12
Loading unloadingspaces NursingHome
13
Asperparking zoneofthe scheme 0.10to0.20
18mt.& above
A premise having medical facilities for indoor and Nursinghome,Watch&wardresidence(upto30 outdoor patients having up to 30 beds. It shall be sq.m.each),Chemistshop(upto15sq.m.each). managed by a doctor or a group of doctors on
1125
|
S. No. 14 Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) 0.1ormaybe more RoadWidth inMeters Definitions

UsePremises
Park
15
Parking
16
17
18
PetrolandDiesel pumpwithout servicestations PetrolandDiesel pumpwith servicestations PublicUtilities
Asperparking zoneofthe scheme 20mtx20mt
36mtx36mt
Aspernormsof concerned deptt.
commercialbasis. A premise used for recreational leisure activities. It may have on it related landscaping, parking facilities, public toilet, fencing etc. It will include synonymslikeLawn,Openspace,Green,etc. A premises used for parking of vehicles. The public parking lots may be run on commercial or noncommercialbasis. A premise for sale of petroleum products to consumers. A premise for sale of petroleum products to consumers.Itmayincludeservicingofautomobiles. i) Overhead tank a premises having an overhead tank for storage and supply of water to its neighbouring areas. It may or may not include a pumphouse. ii) Underground tank A premises having an underground tank for storage and supply of water to its neighbouring areas. Its may or may not includeapumphouse. (iii) Oxidation pond A premises having a tank used for the oxidation process for sewage and other waste. (iv) Septic tank A premises having an underground tank for collection of sewage and its consequent disposal. (x) Sewage pumping stationA premises with a pumping station used for pumping sewage on to a highergradient.
Park, Soft drink & Snack stall (on the park with & above1.0hectarearea). Parking
Petrol pump,Soft drink & Snack stall,Automobile repairshop.
Underground tank, Overhead tank, Oxidation pond, Septic tank, Sewage pumping station, Public toilet and Win ales electric substation, Solidwastecollectioncentre,Dhobighat.
1126
|

UsePremises
19
Restaurants
0.05to0.07
24mt& above
20
Storageand depotonnon perishableand noninflammable commoditiesand incidentaluse
0.1ormore
18mt& above
(xi)PublictoiletandurinalApremiseshavinglatrine and urinals for use of public. It may or may not includedrinkingwaterfacility. (xii) Electric substation A premises having electrical installation and transformer for distributionofpower. (xiii) Solid waste collection centre A premises used for collection of garbage for its onwards transportationtosanitarylandfill/disposal. (xiv) Dhobi Ghat A premises used for cleaning and dryingofclothes/linenbywasherman. A premises used for serving food items on commercial basis including cooking facilities. It may have covered or open or both for sitting arrangement. A premise for storage, Godown and ware housing means a premises for exclusive use of storage of goods and commodities in a manner as per the requirements of respective commodities. The premises include the related loading and unloading facilities for the purpose of carriage of the goods and commodities by road transport or rail transport asthecasemaybe.
Restaurant
Storage, Godown & Warehousing, watch & Ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Wholesale outlet, Administrative&Salesoffice.
21 22
Warehousing Wholesale business establishment
0.05ormore 0.02to0.05
A premise for whole sale trade is a premise from Wholesale shop, Godown & Storage, Commercial where goods and commodities are sold and office(restrictedto25%ofthetotalfloorarea) deliveredtoretailers.Suchpremisesincludestorage andgodownandloadingandunloadingfacilities.
1127
| 11.10.3(B)PermissibleUsePremisesinIndustrialUseZone
S. No. 1 Activity Auto/thela/ Rickshawstand MinimumArea Required(Ha) 2mt.X1.5mt. PerAuto 2mt.X2mt. Perthela &2mt.X1.5 mt.Per Rickshaw 0.05to0.1 RoadWidth inMeters Definitions
UsePremises
Premises for Auto/Thela/Rickshaw for Parking the sameduringnoncommittingtime.
2 3 4
BanksandFinancial institutions Electricpower plants ExhibitionCentre andArtGallery Flattedgroup industry
12mt& above Aspernormsofconcerned deptt. 0.10 18mt& above 0.1&above 12mt& above
A premises for office to perform banking and Bank, Office, Watch and ward residence up to 30 financialinstitutionsfunctionsandoperations sq.m. A premise with facilities for Exhibition and Display Exhibition centre and Art gallery watch & ward of Paintings, Sculptures, Murals, Ceramics, Residence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen. Handicraftsorproductsofaspecificclass. A premise having a group of small industrial units Cottage and small industries shall be permitted, having upto 50 workers with nonhazardous providedsuchindustriesdonothaveexcessive performance. These units may even be located in i)Vibrations ii)Solidorliquidwateror multistoriedbuilding. iii)Movementorrawmaterial/finishedproducts. Watchandwardresidence(upto30sq.m)
Govt./SemiGovt. privatebusiness establishment Hospitals
0.1
18mt& above 30mt& above A premise providing medical facilities of general or specialised nature for treatment of indoor and outdoorpatients. A premise for indoor stadium with play area and Hospital, Residential flat (employees and service personnel), Institutional hostel, Medical college, Retail shop (confectionery, Grocery & General merchandise, Books and Stationery, Barber, Launderer,Vegetable). Stadium, Local government office (maintenance),
0.5ormaybe more
Indoorstadium
2ha&above
18mt&
1128
|
S. No. Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters above Definitions

UsePremises Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Residential flat (for maintenance staff), Retail shop,Restaurant. Light industrial unit, Administrative office, Sales outlet, Residential flat to the extent of 5% of the floor space or80 sq.m whichever is less for watch &wardandSupervision. Junkyard,Watch&wardresidencesalesoffice.
Industryspecific type
Asperdeptt.of industrynorms
10
JunkYard
spectator seating including related facilities for players. A premises for an industrial unit within a group of such units for manufacturing of specific products likeelectronicgoods,etc. A premise for covered, Semicovered or Open storage including sale and Purchase of waste goods,Commoditiesandmaterials.
11 12
MedicalCentres Motorgarageand workshop Museum
0.05 45sq.mt
12mt& above Workshop, Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.) Soft drink & Snack stall Administrative office. A premise with facilities for storage and Exhibition Museum, Exhibition centre and Art Gallery, ofobjectsillustratingantiques,NaturalHistory,Art, Auditorium and open air theatre, watch and ward etc. residence(upto30sq.m.)Canteen. A premises providing night accommodation to NightShelter individuals without any charges or with token charges. It may be run by local government or voluntaryagencies. Stadium, Local government office (maintenance), Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Residential flat (for maintenance staff), Retail shop,Restaurant. A premises for storage of goods transported by railways. A premise dedicated to accommodations and (i) Temple, (ii) Mosque, (iii) Church, (iv) service of god or other objects of religious nature. Gurudwara, (v) synagogue, (vi) Ashram, (vii) It may have different nomenclature in different Bathing Tank, (viii) Dargah and (ix) Charitable Apremiseforservicingandrepairofautomobiles
13
0.1to0.15
18mt& above
14
NightShelter
0.05
15
Outdoorstadium
2ha&above
18mt& above
16 17
RailwayFreight Godown ReligiousBuildings
Asperrailway norms 0.05
9mt.& above
1129
|

UsePremises
18
Research and development centre
0.1
18mt& above
religions like Temple (all faiths), Mosque, Church, Gurudwara,Ashram. A premise providing facilities for research and developmentforanyspecificfield.
19
ServiceStations
Asperscheme
DispensaryandLibrary Research and Development centre, With & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Residential flat (for maintenance staff) Hostel, Canteen, Bank extension counter, Library, Post office extension facility. Premises essentially having repair shops for Retail, Repair & Personnel Service shop, Cottage Automobiles, Electrical appliances, Building industry,Gasgodown,Commercialoffice. material, etc. to provide essential services to neighbouringresidentialareas.
20
Sewagedisposal works
21
Vocationaltraining institute
Asperthe requirementof theconcerned deptt. 0.1
18mt& above
Premises with training facilities for short term courses for discipline, preparatory to the employment in certain profession and trade. It includestrainingcumworkcentre.
22 23
Wholesalebusiness 0.02to0.05 establishment Workshops/garages 0.02to0.03
Apremiseforservicingandrepairofautomobiles.
Workshop, Watch & ward Residence (up to 30 sq.m.) Soft drink & Snack stall Administrative office.
1130
| 11.10.4PermittedUsePremisesinPublicSemiPublicUseZone
S. No. 1 Activity Minimum Area Required(Ha) 6.00 4.006.00 2.504.00 1.002.50 (Area requirements maybe relaxed lookingtothe non availabilityof Land) 0.200.30 RoadWidth inMeters 24mt.& above Definitions
UsePremises
Hospital (i)500beds&above (ii)201to500beds (iii)101to200beds (iv)upto1007beds
A premises providing medical facilities of general Hospital, Residential flat ( employees and or specialized nature for treatment of indoor and service personal ) , institutional hostel , Medical outdoorpatients. college, Retail Shop (Confectionary , Grocery & general merchandise , Books and Stationary , Barber,Launderer,Vegetable).
HealthCentre (includingfamilywelfare centre)
18mt.& above
Nursinghome/ Maternityhome/Poly clinic Dispensary
0.100.20
18mt.& above 12mt.and above 12mt.& above
0.080.12
Clinic
0.10
A premises having facilities for treatment of indoor and outdoor patients having up to 30 beds. The health centre may be managed by a public or a charitable institution on non commercial basis. It includes family welfare centre. A premises having facilities for indoor and outdoor patients having up to 30 beds. It shall be managedbyadoctororagroupofdoctors. Apremiseshavingfacilitiesformedicaladviceand provision of medicines managed by public or charitableinstitutions. A premises having facilities for treatment of outdoorbyadoctor.Incaseofapolyclinic,itshall bemanagedbyagroupofdoctors.
Health centre, Nursing home, watch & ward residence ( up to 30 sq.m. each ), Chemist shop (upto15sq.m.each).
Health centre, Nursing home , watch & ward residence ( up to 30 sq.m. each ), Chemist shop (upto15sq.m.each). Dispensary,Softdrink&Snackstall.
Clinic
1131
|
S. No. 6 7 Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) 0.020.05 12mt.& above 0.05 12mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises
ClinicLaboratory Voluntaryhealthservice
Specializedhospital
1.00
30mt.& above
Veterinaryhospitalfor petanimals&birds
1.00
30mt.& above
10
11
Residentialflatand residentialplotgroup housing(forstaffand employees) Hostel(forstudentof medicalcollegeandstaff)
Asapartof thecampusin public/semi publicuse. 0.051.00
18mt.& abouve
12
Retailandrepairshop( convenientshopping) University
50sq.mt.
18mt.& above 30mt.&
13
AsperUGC
Specialized hospital , residential flat (for employees and service personal), and institutional hostel, Retail shop ( Confectionery , Grocery , General merchandise , Books & Stationary,barber,Launderer,vegetable). A premises providing treatment for indoor and Veterinary hospital , residential flat (for outdoorsickanimals. employees and service personal ) , institutional hostel, Veterinary college ,Retail shop (Confectionery,Grocery,Generalmerchandise, Books&Stationary,barber,Launderer). Residential accommodation for one family ( one Residence , Professional activity ( as given in household ) which may occur as a part of group residentialplot(1) housing or independently .( for the use of staff & employeesofthePublic&SemiPublicuse). Apremisesinwhichroomsattachedto Hostel , Guest House , Boarding house and Institutions or otherwise are let out on a long Loading house , watch & ward residence( up to termbasis; 30 sq.m.) personal service shops of Barber Launderer, Soft drink & Snack stall ( up to 15 sq. m.) A premises equivalent of a retail shop , repair of Retailshop,Repairshop,Personalserviceshop, household goods, Personal service shop RestaurantClinic. electronicgadgets,Automobiles,Cycles,etc. A premises having an educational institution Educational Institution Colleges Residential Flat
A premise with facilities for carrying out various testsforconfirmationofsymptomsofadisease. A premises having medical facilities for treatment of outdoor patients and other like blood bank, etc. by voluntary institutions. This service may also take the form of temporary camp with charitablemotive. Hospital for specialized diseases such as highly infectionsorcontagiousdiseases.
ClinicLaboratory,Softdrink&Snackstall. Voluntary health service, Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq . mt. Administrative office,.Dispensary,Canteen.
1132
|
S. No. Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) norms above Definitions

UsePremises
designed for instruction examination or both of students in many branches of advanced learning conferring degrees in various faculties , and often embodyingcollegesandsimilarinstitutions
14 15
Bank GuestHouse
0.10 0.05
A premises for office to perform banking function andoperations. A guest house is premises for housing the staff of Government , semi Government public undertaking and private limited company for shortduration;
16
Restaurant
0.500.75
17
PlayGround
0.10
18
BotanicalGarden
2.00
19
Zoologicalgarden/ Aquarium
1.00
12mt.& above
Restaurant Road transport booking office A premises used for the offices of a road transport agency. A premises used for outdoor games. It may have PlayGround on it landscaping , Parking facilities , Public toilet ,etc. A premises in the form of a garden with Zoological gardens, Bird sanctuary, watch & ward residence ( up to 30sq.m.), Residential flat plantationforresearchandexhibition. (for maintenance staff), Retail shop, and Restaurant. A premises in the form of a garden or park or Zoological garden Watch & ward residence ( up aquarium with a collection of animals , species to 30 sq.m.) Residential flat, Retail shop, and birds for exhibition and study. It shall include Restaurant. allrelatedfacilities. A premises having educational and playing School and College residential flat (for
(for maintenance staff) Institutional Hostel, Retail shops of area 20 sqm each (Confectionery,Grocery,Generalmerchandise, Books & Stationary) Chemist, barber, launderer, vegetable, Residential , Library , Bank extension counter , Auditorium . Post office extension counterfacility,Canteen,Indoorgameshall. Bank , watch & ward residence ( up to 30 sq. m.),Commercialoffice,andCanteen. Hostel , Guest House , Boarding house and loading house Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.) personal service shops of Barber, Launderer, Soft drink & Snack stall (up to 15sq.m.) Restaurant
20
College
1. Asper
30mt.&
1133
|
S. No. Activity Minimum Area Required(Ha) normsof medical councilof India 2. Asper AICTE norms 3. ASUGC norms 0.10 0.200.40 (Aspernorms ofeducation deptt.) RoadWidth inMeters above Definitions

UsePremises
1. 2. 3.
Medicalcollege Engg.College Generalcollege
facilitiesforstudentsofundergraduatedandpost maintenance staff), Institutional hosted , Retail graduated courses under a university. It includes shopsof15sq.m.each(Confectionery,Grocery, General merchandise, Books & Stationary, allprofessionaldisciplines Chemist, barber, Launderer, Vegetable), Canteen, Bank extension counter, Auditorium, Indoor games hall, Swimming pool, Play ground, Postofficecounterfacilities. A premises having nursery facilities for infants during day time. The centre may be managed byanindividualoraninstitutiononcommercial ornoncommercialbasis. A premises having educational and playing facilitiesforstudentsuptoVstandard. A premises having educational and playing facilitiesforstudentsuptoVIIIstandard. A premises having educational and playing facilitiesforstudentsuptoXIIstandard A premises having a large collection of books for reading and reference for general public or specificclass. A premises having educational and playing facilities for students up to XII standard. It shall have boarding facilities for students and may haveresidenceforfacultymembers. School and College Residential flat (for maintenance staff), Institutional hosted , Retail shopsof15sq.m.each(Confectionery,Grocery, General merchandise , Books & Stationary, Chemist, barber, Launderer, Vegetable), Canteen , Bank extension counter , Auditorium , Indoor games hall , Swimming pool , Play ground,PostOfficecounterfacility. Library, watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Canteen, Exhibition and Art gallery, Auditorium. School and College Residential flat (for maintenance staff), Institutional hosted , Retail shopsof15sq.m.each(Confectionery,Grocery, General merchandise , Books & Stationary, Chemist, barber, Launderer, Vegetable), Canteen , Bank extension counter , Auditorium , Indoor games hall , Swimming pool , Play ground,,PostOfficecounterfacility.
21
Schools 1. Nursery 2. Primary 3. Secondary 4. SeniorSecondary
9 12mt. 12mt. 18mt. 18mt.
22
Library
0.10
23
A. Integrated residentialschool withhostelfacility B. Integratedresidential schoolwithout hostelfacility
Aspernorms ofeducation deptt.
1134
|
S. No. 24 Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) 0.05 12mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises
Crcheanddaycare center
25
VeterinaryInstitute
0.20
18mt.& above
26
27
Librarycollege 0.050.1 (medicalprofessionand like) Research&Development 4. 0.25 or centre maybe more Hotelmanagement institute 0.10
12mt. & above 18mt.& above
A premises having nursery facilities of infants during day time. The centre may be managed by an individual or an institution on commercial or noncommercialbasis. A premises having educational and playing facilities for students of under graduate & post graduate courses along with research facilities underauniversity. A premises having a large collection of books for reading and reference for general public of specificclass. A premises providing facilities for research and developmentforanyspecificfield.
Crche and day care center Watch & ward residence(upto30sq.m.)
College,Residentialflat(formaintenancestaff), Institutionalhostel,Retailshopsofarea20sqm. each(Confectionery,Grocery). Library,Watch&wardresidence(upto30sq.m.) Canteen,ExhibitionandArtgallery,Auditorium.
28
12mt.& above
Research & Development centre watch & ward residence ( up to 30 sq.m.) Residence flats of maintainers staff, Hostel canteen, bank extension counter, Library, Post office, and Otherfacility. A premises with training facilities for hotel Hotel management institute watch & ward management discipline it shall be ran by public / residence ( up to 30 sq.m. ) Book and Stationary private body. It includes training come work and Chemist shop( up to 20 sq.m. each ) canteen, bank extension counter, Auditorium, centre. Postoffice,andcounterfacility. Commercial & Secretarial Training centre watch &wardresidence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen. Social welfare centre Watch & ward residence (up to 30sq.m.), Canteen, Exhibition cum salecounter.
29
Commercial&Secretarial 0.10 Trainingcentre Socialwelfarecentre 0.05
30
A premises having training facilities for Stenography , Correspondence , Record keeping etc. A premises with training facilities for hotel management discipline it shall be ran by public / private body. It includes training come work centre.
1135
|
S. No. 31 Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) Multipurposecommunity 0.20 18mt.& hall above Yoga&Meditation Centre 0.10 12mt.& above Activity Definitions

UsePremises
A premises having an enclosed space for various Communityhall,Watch&wardresidence(upto socialandculturalactivitiesofaresidentialarea. 30sq.m.),Softdrink&snackstall. A premises having facilities for self attainment, Yoga Centre & Meditation, Spiritual and Achieving higher quality of mind and body, religious discourse centre hall, Watch & ward Spiritualandreligiousdiscourseetc. residence ( up to 30sq.m.), Hostel , Soft drink & stall. A premises having facility for importing training Music, Dance & Drama training centre Watch & ward residence ( up to 30sq.m.), Canteen & andcoachingmusicdance&dramatics. Auditorium Apremisesusedforgatheringofgroupofpersons Recreational club, Recreational club Watch & for social and recreational purpose with all ward residence (up to 30sq.m.), Residential flat (formaintenancestaff),Swimmingpool.Indoor facilities. andOutdoorgamesfacilities. A premises for indoor stadium with play area and Stadium, Local Government office (maintenance), Watch & ward residence ( up to spectator seating including related facilities for 30sq.m.), Residential Flat (for maintenance players. staff)Retailshop,Restaurant. A premises for outdoor games with pavilion Stadium, Local Government office (maintenance), Watch & ward residence ( up to building and stadium structure to seat spectators 30sq.m.), Residential Flat (for maintenance includingrelatedfacilitiesforplayers. staff)Retailshop,Restaurant. A premises having facilities for audience seating Museum, Exhibition centre and Art gallery, andastageforperformanceandisopentosky. Auditorium and OpenAir theatre, watch &ward residence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen. A premises to hold small public gathering Hall for public gatherings, Marriages, Cooking Communityfunctions,Marriageetc. facilitiesandOtherlogistics.
32
33
Music,Dance&Drama trainingcentre Recreationalclub/ Recreationalclubat communitylevel Indoorgamesstadium
0.10
34
0.50 0.20
35
0.250.50
12mt.& above
36
Outdoorgamesstadium
2.00
18mt.& above
37
OpenAirTheatre
0.50
38
Banquethall
0.080.20
1136
|
S. No. 39 Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) 0.501.00 18mt.& above 0.20&above 18mt.& above 18mt.& above 18mt.& above 18mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises
Auditorium
A premises having an enclosed space to seat Museum, Exhibition centre and Art gallery, audience and stage for various performance like Auditorium and OpenAir theatre, watch &ward concerts.,play,Recitals,Functions,etc. residence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen A premises with facilities for storage and exhibition of object illustrating antiques, Natural history,art,etc. A premises with facilities for exhibition and display of paintings, Sculptures, Murals, Ceramic, Handicraftsorproductsofaspecificclass. A premises with necessary facilities and equipmentforstudyingandCountry. A premises with facilities for cultural and information services for an institution, State and Country. Museum, Exhibition centre and Art gallery, Auditorium and OpenAir theatre, watch &ward residence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen Museum, Exhibition centre and Art gallery, Auditorium and OpenAir theatre, watch &ward residence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen Planetariums watch & ward residence ( up to 30sq.m.),andCanteen Cultural and Information centre watch & ward residence(upto30sq.m.),Hostel,Canteen,Bank extensioncounterfacility,Auditorium(upto500 v seating capacity) library, Exhibition and Art gallery. A premises with facilities for activities of socio Social and Cultural institute watch & ward cultural nature run by a public, Voluntary or residence ( up to 30sq.m. ) Soft drink & Stall , Restaurant , , Bank extension counter facility, individualonprimarynoncommercialbasis. Canteen, Auditorium , Library, Music, drama training centre, Museum, Exhibition and Art gallery. A premises having all facilities for a conference Conferencecentre,watch&wardresidence(up meeting, symposium, etc., where a number of to 30sq.m.) Residential flat( for maintenance staff) , Restaurant , Bank , Post & Telegraph differentcountriesmayalsobeparticipating. office,Library,Exhibitionscentre,
40
Museum
41
ExhibitioncentreandArt gallery Planetarium CulturalandInformation centre
0.10
42 43
0.20above 0.25
44
SocialandCultural institute
0.10
18mt.& above
45
Conferencehall/centre
0.20
24mt.& above
46
Conventioncentre
Citylevelas per requirement
A premises having all facilities for International / Internal National convention centre watch & Nationalconference,Meetings,Symposiumetc. ward residence (up to 30sq.m.) Restaurant, Bank, Post & Telegraph office, Library, Exhibitionscentre,Golfcourse
1137
|
S. No. 47 Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) 0.05 18mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises
Nightshelter
48
Anganwari
0.200.03
12mt.& above
49
Dharamshala
0.05
18mt.& above 12mt.& above 12mt.& above 12mt.& above 12mt.& above
50
Adulteducationcentre
0.020.025
51
Reformatory
0.050.075
52
Orphanage
0.10
53
54
Oldagehome/care centreforphysically/ mentally/challenged/ workingwoman/men Hostel Religious/ premises/building
0.10
Dharamshala, Personal service shop of barber & Launderer, soft drink & snack bar( up to 15 sq. m.). A premises having the facilities of formal FlexibleusegivestoaPrimerschool,Community education and training to adult with flexible centreoronsuchcommunitybuildings. timings. Apremiseswithfacilitiesforbehavioralreforms. Reformatory and orphanageResidential Flat (for maintenance staff). Hostel, Personnel service (upto20sq.m.) A premises with facilities for boarding of children Hostel, Residence (for management and who are bereaved of parents. It may or may not maintenancestaff)Primaryschoolwatch&ward haveeducationalfacilities. residence(upto20sq.m.) Apremiseshavingthefacilitiescaringandtraining Care home with residence facility, Residence for boarding and loading of the elderly physically / management or maintenance staff, Primary school, Recreational, Library, Health, gym, Mentally/challenged/WorkingWoman/Men. CanteenDiningfacility. Apremisesdedicatedtotheserviceoftheobjects Temple, mosque, church, gurudwara etc. of religious nature it may have different charitabledispensary,library. nomenclatureindifferentreligions/faiths.
A premises providing night accommodation to individuals without any charges or with taken charges. It may be run by local government or voluntaryagencies. Anganwari as a space provision of residential housing / neighborhood level is a centre for provide service for children of six years age, pregnant woman , Feeding mother etc. under the integratedchilddevelopmentscheme(ICBS) A premises providing temporary accommodation forshortdurationonnoprofitbasis;
Nightshelter
Kitchen,ToiletandHall
0.05ormay bemore
12mt.& above
1138
|
S. No. 55 Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) Siteswhichhaveappropriate arrangementforwaterand drainagefacilitiesanditshall beensuredthatthewater bodiesarenotpollutedasa resultofsuchactivities. 0.02 12mt.& above 18mt.& above 12mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises
Dobhighat,machine laundrypublicutility premises
A premises use for cleaning anddrawing of cloths Overhead, Underground tank for Oxidation pond , Septic tank, Sewerage, Pumping station , andlinerandPU. Public toilet and Urinal, Electric substation , Machinelaundry.
56
Firepost
57
Firestation
1.0
58
Firetraininginstitute
3.0
59
Disastermanagement centre
1.0alongwith 18mt.& suitableopen above area(2Hac.) for 0.05ormay bemore 0.050.1 1.0 12 mt.& above 18mt.& above
A premises with lesser degree of facilities or fire fighting. The post may be attached to specific premiseswithfireproneactivities. A premises with facilities for fire fighting for a catchment area assigned to it. It may include residenceofessentialstaff A premises having facilities of training for emergency uses in case of fire building collage etc. A premises having facilities of training for emergency backup hospital facility training centre for disaster preparedness wireless communicationetc.
Firepost
60
Policepost
Fire station, residential flat (for maintenance staff), hostel (for employees), and service workshop. Fire training centre hostels staff residence open practice grounds fire stations , watch and ward residence(upto30sq.mt.)etc. Disaster management training centre, open ground for practice and relief camps communication centre, Hostels, Staff residence fire station. Watch and ward residence ( up to 30sq.mt.)etc. A premises having facilities for a local police post Policepost,Essentialstaffhousing. of a temporary nature or on smaller scale as comparedtoapolicestation. A premises having facilities for the offices of local Policestation,Essentialstaffhousing. policestation. A premises having facilities for the offices and District police office and Civil defence & Home guard, Residential flat (for maintenance staff) paramilitaryforces. Hostel, Play ground, Canteen, Bank extension
61 62
Policepost DistrictPoliceofficeand Battalion
1139
|
S. No. Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) 2.0 5.0 18mt.& above 30mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises
63 64
Policeline Jail
counter. An area having facilities for work and residential PolicelineandRelatedfacilities accommodationofparamilitaryforces. A premises having facilities for detention, Jail confinement and reform of criminals under the law. A premises having facilities for training of Training Institute residential flat (for maintenance staff ) Hostel, retail shops of area paramilitaryforces. 20 sq. mt. each Confectionary , Grocery , Books & stationary, Chemist, Barber, Laundry, Vegetable, Canteen , Bank extension counter, Auditorium for Indoor & Outdoor games, Swimmingpool,playgroundpostoffice,counter facility. A premises having facilities for firing practice of Policefiringrange(temporarystructureonly) theparamilitaryforces. A premises of temporary structure having facilities for the managing of traffic and low and orderrelatedissues. A premises having facilities for office and other facilities or civilian organization for internal defence. A premises containing facilities for application of medicalknowledgetolegalproblems. A premise with facilities of post office counters only(withoutpostdelivery). A premises with facilities for postal and telecommunicateion A premises with facilities for postal and TemporarytrafficandPolicecontrolroom
65
Policetraininginstitute/ College(includecentral securityforces)
5.0
66
Policefiringrange
67
TrafficandPolicecontrol room Civildefence homeground Forensicscience laboratory Postofficecounter withoutdelivery Post&Telegraphoffice( booking&delivery) Generalandheadpost
10.0(tobe locatedat fringearea) Asper requirement 1.0orless
30mt.& above
68
24mt. Above 12mt.& above 9mt. 12mt.& above 18mt.&
Civil defence and home guard, Residential flat formaintenancestaff),Hostel,Playground. Forensicsciencelaboratory Post office , Post & Telegraph office , Watch & Wardresidence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen Post office, Post & Telegraph office , Watch & Wardresidence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen Head post office, General post office, watch &
69 70 71 72
0.050.75 0.05 0.10 0.25
1140
|
S. No. Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) above Definitions

UsePremises
73 74
officewith administrativeoffice with.withoutdelivery office TelephoneExchange RadioandTelevision station
telecommunication to and from a no of post wardresidence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen. officesattachedtoit.
0.25 0.200.30
75 76
Transmissiontower/ wirelessstation Satelliteand telecommunication centre Observatory&Weather office Motordrivingschool
0.10 0.200.30
Is a premise having facilities for central operation oftelephonesystemforadesignedarea. Is a premise with facilities for recording, broadcast and transmission of news and other programsthroughtherespectivemedium.Itmay include some hostel accommodation for guest artists,transmissionfacilitiesliketowers. Is a premises used for installation of a tower for communicationpurpose. Is a premises with facilities for research and development of satellite and telecommunication technology.
Telephone Exchange, Watch & ward residence (upto30sq.m.),Canteen. Radio and Television station, watch & ward residence (up to 30sq. mtr), Hostel , Canteen , Library.
77
0.10
18mt.& above 18mt.& above 12mt.& above 12mt.& above
78
0.10
80
81
Road/Rail/Airticket Booking&reservation office. Cremation/Burial ground
25sq.mt.per counter Thesitefor cremation groundshall beidentified
Transmission tower, watch & ward residence (upto30sq.mt.) Satellite and telecommunication centre and Observatory & weather office , residential flat (for maintenance staff.), Canteen , Research laboratory. Is a premise with facilities for research and Observatory & Weather office watch & ward development of data relating to weather and Residence(upto30sq.m.) forecastingthereof. A premise having facilities for training of driving Motor driving training centre, Watch & ward residence ( up to 30sq.m.) , Soft drink & snack automobiles. Stall. A premise used for the offices of a road transport Railway and road transport Booking office, storage. agency.
Apremisewithfacilitiesofperforminglastritesof Burial ground, Cremation ground , cemetery a Crematorium , Retail shops , wood, Flowers and deadbookiesbyburning. relatedmaterials.Watch&wardResidence(up to20sq.m.)
1141
|
S. No. Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) inlocations whicharenot inproximities toresidential area. Definitions

UsePremises
82
Swimmingpool
83
Postandtelegraphoffice
0.10
A premise with related facilities for swimming Swimming pool, Watch & ward and and spectators seating which shall vary with size, maintenancestaffresidence,Restaurant. standardandpurpose. A premise with facilities for Postal and Post office, Post & Tele graph office, Watch & telecommunicationforusebythepublic wardresidence(upto30sq.m.) Apremisehavingfacilitiesfortreatmentofindoor Health Centre, Nursing home , watch & ward and outdoor patients having up to 30 beds. The residence ( up to 30 sq.m. each ), Chemist shop health centre may be managed by a public or a (upto15sq.m.each). charitable institution on non commercial basis. It includesfamilywelfarecentre. A premise with related facilities for shooting Stadium, Local Government office practiceandorsports. (maintenance ), Watch & ward residence ( up to 30 sq.m.), Residential flat (for maintenance Staff),Retailshop,Restaurant A premise used for gathering of group of persons Recreational club, Recreational club, Watch & for social and recreational purposes with all ward residence ( up to 30sq.m.), Residential flat facilities. (formaintenancestaff),swimmingpool,indoor andOutdoorgamesfacilities. Apremiseforservingandrepairofautomobiles. (i) Overhead tank A premises having an Public utility premises overhead tank, overhead tank for storage and supply of water to Undergroundtank,oxidationpond,septictank, its neighboring areas. It may or may not include a SeweragePumpingstation.,Publictoileturinal, Electric substation, Solid waste collection
84
HealthCentreupto20 beds
0.200.30
85
ShootingRange
20
18mt.& above
86
A. Recreationalclub B. Community Recreationalclub Motorgarageand workshop Publicutilitybuildings
87 88
0.05 0.20 0.05 Asper concerned deptt.norms.
1142
|
S. No. Activity Minimum RoadWidth Area inMeters Required(Ha) pumphouse. Definitions

UsePremises
centre,Dhobighat.
(ii) Underground tank a premises having an undergroundtankforstorageandsupplyofwater to its neighbouring areas. Its may or may not include a pump house. (ii) Oxidation pond A premises having a tank used for the oxidation processforsewerageandotherwaste. (iii) septic tank A premises having an undergroundtankfor (iv) Sewerage pumping station A premises with a pumping station used for pumping sewerage on toahighergradient. (v) Public toilet and urinal A premises having latrineandurinalsforuseofpublic.Itmayormay notincludedrinkingwaterfacility. (vi) Electric sub station A premises having electrical installation and transformer for distributionofpower. (vii) Solid waste collection centre A premises used for collection of garbage for its onwards transportationtosanitarylandfill/disposal. (viii)DhobighatApremisesusedforcleaningand dryingofcloths/linenbywasherman.
1143
| 11.10.5 PermittedUsePremisesinRecreationalUseZone
S. No. 1 Activity BirdSanctuary MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters Definitions
UsePremises Park, Forest, Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.each)Restaurant. Garden,ResearchandExhibitionhalletc. Busterminalspace,snacksbooth,parkingarea.
2 3 4
BotanicalGarden Buspassenger terminal ChildrenTrafficPark
0.2
12mt& above Asperrequirementofthe concerneddeptt. 0.100.20 12mt& above 12mt& above
A Premises used in form of a large park or forest for preservation and breeding of birds with all relatedfacilities. A premise in the form of a garden with plantation forresearchandexhibition. Apremiseforbusterminal
5(a)
DistrictPark
A premises in the form of a park with facilities for Children traffic park, watch and ward residence introducing and educating children about traffic (upto 30 sq.m), soft drink & snack stall, museum, andsignaling. auditorium. District Park, Theme park, Recreational Club, National Memorial, Openair food court, Children Park, Orchard, Plant Nursery, Area for water harvesting, Archaeological Park, specialized Park, Amusement Park, Children Traffic Park, Sport activity, Playground, Amenity structures. Restaurant in a District Park having an area above 25Ha.subjecttofollowing: a. Area of the restaurant plot shall not be more than 0.8 Ha. or 1% of the District Park, whichever isless. b.Restaurant plot shall have no physical segregationfromtherestoftheDistrictParkarea. c. The building shall be a single storey structure with max. FAR of 5 and height not more than 4m. without any residential facility and to harmonize withthesurroundings. d. In case there is no parking lot in the vicinity, parking should be provided at a reasonable
1144
|

UsePremises
5(b)
RegionalPark
5(c)
CityPark
5(d) 6 7
SectoralPark DairyBooth Forest
Asper requirement
FirePost
0.02
12mt.& above 12mt.
Healthcentresfor playersandstaff Library
0.1
10
0.10
12mt.& above
11
LocalGovt.officefor Asperrequirementof
distance from the restaurants. Parking area should notfrompartoftherestaurantcomplex/greens. 30% of the area shall be developed as dense plantation. Ridge, Residential Flat (For watch & ward), Picnic Hut,Park,ShootingRange,ZoologicalGarden,Bird Sanctuary, Botanical Garden, Local Government office (Maintenance) , Open Air Theatre, Police Post,FirePost,Orchard,PlantNurseryandForest. AquaPark/Watersportpark,Arboretum,Botanical Garden, National Memorial (approved by Cabinet/Govt. of India), Amphitheatre, open Playground, Aquarium, other activities same as permittedinDistrictPark. Park, Children Park, Open air food court, playgroundetc. Premises with basic facility for the supply of daily Booth groceriestothelocalpopulation. It is a thick natural flora. It shall include city forest Forest which may have part natural flora and part man madeflora. A premise with lesser degree of facilities or fire Withresidentialflatforstaff. fighting. The post may be attached to specific premiseswithfireproneactivities. Apremisehavingfacilitiesfortreatmentofplayers. Health Centre, Nursing Home, Watch & Ward Thehealthcentremaybemanagedbyapublicora residence (upto 30 sq. m. each), Chemist shop(up to15sq.m.each). charitableinstituteonnoncommercialbasis. A premise having a large collection of books for Library,Watch&Wardresidence(upto30sq.m.), readingandreferenceforgeneralpublicorspecific Canteen,ExhibitionandArtGallery,Auditorium. class. A premises used for the offices of local Officespace,Watch&wardresidence(upto30sq.
1145
|
S. No. 12 Activity maintenance Motel/Holiday Cottage&Resort Openairtheatre MinimumArea RoadWidth Required(Ha) inMeters concerneddeptt. 0.4 18mt.& above 0.5 18mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises m.) Motel
13
14
Orchard
0.02
15
Petrolfillingstation
AsperIRC standard
29mt.& above
16
Policepost
17 18
Postandtelegraph office Picnichuts
0.100.15 0.050.07
12mt.& above
19 20
PlantNursery PlayGround
21
PublicUtilities
Asperrequirementof concerneddeptt.
Museum, Exhibition Centre and Art Gallery, Auditorium and open Air Theatre, Watch & ward Residence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen. It is a premise with thick growth of fruit trees. It Orchard, Watch & ward and Maintenance staff mayalsoincludegardenwithfruittrees. Residence (up to 30 sq. m.), all structures shall be temporaryinnature. A premise for sale of petroleum products to Petrol pump, Soft drink & Snack stall, Automobile consumers. It may include servicing of Repairshop. automobiles. Premiseshavingfacilitiesforalocalpolicepostofa PolicePost,Essentialstaffhousing. temporary nature or on smaller scale as compared toapolicestation. A premise with facilities for Postal and Post office, Post & Telegraph office, watch & ward Telecommunicationforusebythepublic. Residence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen. Premisesforshortdurationstayforrecreationalor Picnichut leisurepurposeofafamily,locatedwithinatourist and/orrecreationalcentre. It is a premise with facilities for rearing and sale of youngplants. Premises used for outdoor games. It may have on Playground it Landscaping,Parkingfacilities,Publictoilet,etc. (i) Overhead tankA premises having a overhead Overheadtank,Undergroundtank,Imitationpond, tank for storage and supply of water to its Septic tank, Sewerage pumping station, Public neighbouring areas. It may or may not include a toilet urinal, Electric substation, Solid waste collectioncentre,Dhobighat. pumphouse. (ii) Underground TankA premises having an
Governmentandlocalbodies. A premises designed and operated especially to cater to the boarding, Lodging, rest and recreation andrelatedactivitiesoftravelersbyroad. A premises having facilities for audience seating andastageforperformanceandisopentosky.
1146
|

UsePremises
22
A.RecreationalClub B.Community RecreationalClub
0.50 0.20
30mt& above 18mt& above 18mt& above
underground tank for storage and supply of water to its neighbouring areas. It may or may not includeapumphouse. (iii) Oxidationpond A premises having a tank used for the oxidation process for sewage and other waste. (v) Septic tank A premises having an underground tank from collection of sewage and its consequent disposal. (vi) Sewage pumping stationA premises with a pumping station uses for pumping sewage on to a highergradient. (vii) Public toilet and UrinalA premises having latrine and urinals for use of public. It may or may notincludedrinkingwaterfacility. (viii) Electric substationA premises having electrical installation and transformer for distributionofpower. (ix) Solid waste collection centre A premises used for collection of garbage for its onwards transportationtosanitarylandfill/disposal. (x) Dhobi ghat A premises used for cleaning and dryingofclothes/linenbywasherman. A premises used for gathering of group of persons for social and recreational purposes with all facilities.
Recreational Club, Recreational Club, watch & ward Residence (upto 30 sq.m.), Residential flat (for maintenance staff), Swimming pool, Indoor andOutdoorgamesfacilities.
23 24
RegionalPark 100 Restaurant/Cafeteria 0.051.00
A premises used for serving food items on Restaurant commercial basis including cooking facilities. It may have covered or open or both for sitting
1147
|
S. No. 25 Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) 1020 RoadWidth inMeters 18mt& above Definitions

UsePremises
ShootingRange
26
27
Specialrecreation andspecial recreationalareas Specialisedparks
0.4
30mt.
0.4to0.6
28
Sportstraining centre
2.0
30mt& above
arrangement. A premises with related facilities for shooting Stadium, Local Government office (maintenance), practiceandorsports. Watch & ward Residence (up to 30sq.m.), Residential Flat (for maintenance staff), retail shop,restaurant. A premises having facilities for special recreation andSpecialeducation. A premises having a park or ground for a Public Meeting Ground, Public Address Podium, designated use like public meeting grounds, fun softDrink&snackStall. park,wonderlandetc. A premises with facilities for welfare and Sports Training Centre, Residential Flat (for promotionofcommunitydevelopment. Maintenance Staff), Retail shop (confectionery, grocery & general merchandise), Hostel, Bank, Post Office,canteen, Indoor andOutdoor Stadium, SwimmingPool,PlayGround.
29 30 31
Stadium(indoor) Stadium(outdoor) Swimmingpool
Asperrequirementof concerneddepartment Asperrequirementof concerneddepartment 0.150.20 12mt& above 0.51.0 3mtx3mt 24mt& above
Apremiseswithrelatedfacilitiesforswimmingand Swimming Pool, Watch & ward and Maintenance spectators seating which shall vary with size, staffresidence,Restaurant. standardandpurpose.
32 33
TradeFair ground/FairGround Vendingbooth
34
ZoologicalGarden
0.1
12mt& above
A premises in the form of booth for sale of commodities of daily needs either through a mechanicalinstallationorotherwise A premises in the form of a garden or park or aquarium with a collection of animals, species and birds for exhibition and study. It shall include all
Vendingbooth
Zoologicalgarden,Birdsanctuary,Watch&ward Residence (up to 30 sq. m.), Residential flat (for maintenanceStaff),Retailshop,Restaurant.
1148
|
S. No. 35 36 37 38 Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters relatedfacilities. AmusementPark GolfCourse GreenBuffer/Green Belt SportsComplex Asperrequirementofthe concerneddeptt. Asperrequirementofthe concerneddeptt. Asperrequirementofthe concerneddeptt. Definitions

UsePremises
11.10.6 PermittedUsePremisesinTransportation
S. No. A) 1 MinimumArea Required(Ha) IntegratedFreightComplex Godowns&ware housing(Non Inflammable) Activity RoadWidth inMeters Definitions UsePremises
Park/OpenSpace
IdealParking
a.Petrolpumpwith servicestation b.Withoutservice
A premise for Whole sale trade is a premise from where goods and commodities are sold and delivered to retailers. Such premises include storage and godown and loading and unloading facilities A premise used for recreational leisure activities. It may have on it related Landscaping, Parking facilities, public toilet, Fencing etc. It will include synonymslikelawn,openspace,green,etc A premises used for parking of vehicles. The public parking lots may be run on commercial or non commercialbasis A premise for sale of petroleum products to consumers.Itmayincludeservicingofautomobiles
Whole sale tradeWhole sale shop, Go down & Storage, commercial office (Restricted to 25 5 ofthetotalfloorarea)
Park, Soft Drink & Snack Stall (on the park with &above1.0hectarearea).
Parking
Petrol pump, Soft Drink & Snack Stall, Automobilerepairshop
1149
|
S. No. 5 6 7 Activity station PoliceStation/ PolicePost Railwayfreight godown Restaurants MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters Definitions

UsePremises
8 9
RetailShops Road/rail/air/ transportbooking office ServiceCenter& ServiceIndustry
A premise having facilities for the offices of local policestation. A premise for storage of goods transported by the railways A premise used for serving food items on commercial basis including cooking facilities. It may have covered or open or bath for sitting arrangement A premise for sale of commodities directly to consumerwithnecessarystorage A premise for ticket booking facilities for Road/rail/air/transportation A premises essentially having repair shops for automobiles ,electrical appliances, building material, etc. to provide essential services to neighboringresidentialareas A premise having facilities for central operation of telephonesystemforadesignatedarea Anareausedonceinaweekbyagroupofinformal establishments in the form of a market. These Markets shift from one area to another on different days of the week. Informal unit: retail/Service unit, stationary or mobile working withoutroofincludingsmallkhokhasonroadside. A premise for Whole Sale Trade is a premise from where goods and commodities are sold and deliveredtotrailers.Suchpremisesincludestorage andgodownandloadingandunloadingfacilities.
Police Station, Essential staff housing,. Police post,Essentialstaffhousing
Restaurants
Retail shop, Repair shop, Personnel service shop. Bookingoffice
10
Retail,Repair&personnelserviceshop,Cottage industry,GasGodown,commercialoffice.
11 12
TelephoneExchange WeeklyMarket
Telephone Exchange, Watch & ward residence (upto30sq.m),Canteen Weekly Market, Informal sector trade, Soft Drink & Snack Stall ( all structures will be either temporary or mobile , only for one day in a week)
13
WholeSaleTrade
Whole sale shop, godown & storage, commercial office (Restricted to 25% of the totalfloorarea). Wholesale market may be for textile and textile products, Auto parts and machinery, fruits and
1150
|

UsePremises
14
JunkYard
15
Motorgarageand workshop
16
WareHousing/ storagegodownsof
vegetable, hardware and building materials, Iron and steel, Timber, Food grains, leather, medical and pharmaceuticals, electrical and electronic goods, eggs, poultry and fish, fooder, paperandstationary,marbleetc. Notes: (I) Park, Parking, Public Conveniences, Public utility are permitted in all premises wherever needed. (II)In case of clubbing of premises , uses of all thepremisesclubbedareallowed (III) In case of doubt, the permissibility of use premises/use activity shall be decided by the concerned committee of the concerned authority (Iv) A structure which can be shifted from one place to another or removed as case may be shallbeconsideredastemporarystructure A premises for covered and semi covered or open Junk Yard, Watch & Ward residence , Sales storage including sale & purchase of waste goods, office CommoditiesandMaterials. Apremisesforservicingandrepairofautomobiles. Workshop, Watch & Ward residence ( up to 30 sq. m.) soft drink Snack stall Administrative office. A premises for storage godown and ware housing Storage, godown & ware housing , Watch & means premises for exclusive use of storage of ward Residence ( up to 30 sq.m. ), Wholesale
1151
|
S. No. Activity perishablegoods. MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters Definitions

UsePremises outlet,administrative&Salesoffice.
17
MedicalClinic
18
Coalstorage/ chillingplant Dispensary
19
20 21
Bank Firepost
22
Firestation
23
24
Post&Telegraph office(booking& delivery) Publicutility buildings
goods and commodities in a manner as per the requirements of respective commodities. The premises includes the related loading and unloading facilities for the purpose of goods and commodities by road transport or rail transport as thecasemaybe; A premise with facilities for treatment of outdoor patients by a doctor. In Case of a polyclinic, it shall bemanagedbygroupofDoctors. A premises where perishable commodities stored in covered space using mechanical and electrical devicestomaintaintherequiredtemperature,etc. A premises having facilities for medical advice and provision of medicines managed by public or charitableinstitutions. A premises for office to perform banking function andoperations. A premises with lesser degree of facilities or fire fighting. The post may be attached to specific premiseswithfireproneactivities. A premises with facilities for fire fighting for a catchment area assigned to it. It may include residenceofessentialstaff A premises with facilities for postal and telecommunicateion (i)Overheadtank Apremiseshavinganoverhead tank for storage and supply of water to its neighboring areas. It may or may not include a pumphouse. (ii) Underground tank a premises having an
Clinic
Cold storage, Watch & Ward Residence ( up to 30sq.m.),Caretakeroffice. Dispensary,Softdrink&Snackstall.
Bank, watch & ward residence ( up to 30 sq. m.),Commercialoffice,andCanteen. Firepost
Fire station , residential flat (for maintenance staff), hostel (for employees), and service workshop. Post office, Post & Telegraph office , Watch & Wardresidence(upto30sq.m.),Canteen Public utility premises overhead tank, Undergroundtank,oxidationpond,septictank, SeweragePumpingstation,Publictoileturinal, Electric substation, Solid waste collection centre,Dhobighat.
1152
|

UsePremises
25
A.CinemaHall WeighBridge Boardingand lodginghouse
underground tank for storage and supply of water to its neighbouring areas. Its may or may not include a pump house. (ii) Oxidation pond A premises having a tank used for the oxidation processforsewerageandotherwaste. (iii) septic tank A premises having an undergroundtankfor (iv) Sewerage pumping station A premises with a pumping station used for pumping sewerage on to ahighergradient. (v) Public toilet and urinal A premises having latrine and urinals for use of public. It may or may notincludedrinkingwaterfacility. (vi) Electric sub station A premises having electrical installation and transformer for distributionofpower. (vii) Solid waste collection centre A premises used for collection of garbage for its onwards transportationtosanitarylandfill/disposal. (viii) Dhobi ghat A premises used for cleaning and dryingofcloths/linenbywasherman. A premise with facilities for projection of movies Cinema, Watch & ward residence (upto 30 andstillswithacoveredspacetoseataudience. sq.m.),Administrative office, Soft drink & Snack stall. Boarding house is a premises in which rooms are Boarding house and lodging house, watch and letoutonalongtermbasisascomparedtohotels; ward residence (upto 30 sq.m), Personnel service shops of Barber, Launderer, Soft drink andSnackstall(upto15sq.m) A premises used for offices of profit making Commercial office, other offices such as organization. industries association, Employees state
26 27
Asperrequirement
28
Commercialoffice
1153
|

UsePremises insurancecorporation,providentfundauthority etc., retail & personnel Service shop, Restaurant,bank,Post&Telegraphoffice 29 TaxiandAutoStand A premise to be used for parking of intermediate public transport vehicle. The lots may run on commercialornoncommercialbasis. Apremisesusedbypublictransportagencytopark Bus Terminal. Soft drink & SNACK stall, the buses for short duration to serve the Administrativeoffice,OtherOffices population. It may include the related facilities for passengers A premise to be used for the parking rickshaw and cycle. The parking lots may be run on commercial ornoncommercialbasis. 18mt.& above 18mt& above A premise for office to perform banking function andoperations Boarding house is a premises in which rooms are letoutonalongtermbasisascomparedtohotels; Bank, Watch and ward residence (up to 30 sq.m),commercialofficeandCanteen Boarding house and lodging house, watch and ward residence (upto 30 sq.m), Personnel service shops of Barber, Launderer, Soft drink andSnackstall(upto15sq.m) Apremiseforservicingandrepairofautomobiles. Workshop, watch and ward residence ( upto 30 sq.m), soft drink and snack stall, administrative office A premises providing night accommodation to NightShelter individuals without any charges or with token charges. It may be run by local government or voluntaryagencies. A premises used for serving food items on Restaurants commercial basis including cooking facilities. It may have covered or open or both for sitting arrangement
30
BusTerminal
31
Cyclerickshaw/cycle cartstand TransportNagar Bank Boardingand lodginghouse
B) 1 2
0.07to0.1 0.05
MotorGarageand workshop NightShelter
0.02to0.5
12mt& above 18mt.& above
0.05
Restaurant
0.05to0.07
24mt.& above
1154
|
S. No. 6 7 8 Activity RetailandRepair Shop RoadTransportand bookingoffice Idealparking MinimumArea Required(Ha) 3mt.x3mt. 30sq.mper counter Asper requirement RoadWidth inMeters 12mt.& above Definitions

UsePremises Retailshop,repairshop,Personnelserviceshop Roadtransportbookingoffice,storage Parking
Publicutility buildings
A premise for sale of commodities directly to consumerwithnecessarystorage A premises used for the offices of a road transport agency.Itmaynotincludegodown. A premise used for parking of vehicles especially trucks. The parking lots may be run on commercial andnoncommercialbasis. i) Overhead tank A premises having an overhead tank for storage and supply of water to its neighboring areas. It may or may not include a pumphouse. ii) Underground tank a premises having an underground tank for storage and supply of water to its neighbouring areas. Its may or may not include a pump house. (ii) Oxidation pond A premises having a tank used for the oxidation processforsewerageandotherwaste. (iii) septic tank A premises having an undergroundtankfor (iv) Sewerage pumping station A premises with a pumping station used for pumping sewerage on to ahighergradient. (v) Public toilet and urinal A premises having latrine and urinals for use of public. It may or may notincludedrinkingwaterfacility. (vi) Electric sub station A premises having electrical installation and transformer for distributionofpower.
Public utility premises overhead tank, Undergroundtank,oxidationpond,septictank, SeweragePumpingstation,Publictoileturinal, Electric substation, Solid waste collection centre,Dhobighat.
1155
|

UsePremises
E)
InterStateBus Terminal
Aspertransport 30mt.& Deptt. above Requirement Aspertransport 18mt.& Deptt. above Requirement
F)
BusDepot/Bus stand
(vii) Solid waste collection centre A premises used for collection of garbage for its onwards transportationtosanitarylandfill/disposal. (viii) Dhobi ghat A premises used for cleaning and dryingofcloths/linenbywasherman. A premise used by a public transport agency to park the buses for short duration to serve the population. It may include the facilities for passengers. A premise may be used by the public transport agency or any such agency for parking, maintenance,andrepairofbuses.Thismayormay notincludeaworkshop.
Bus Terminal. Soft drink & SNACK stall, Administrativeoffice,OtherOffices
Busdepot,Workshop,Watch&wardResidence (up to 30 sq.m.), Soft drink & Snack stall and Administrativeoffice.
1156
11.10.7 PermittedUsePremisesinSpecialUseZone 11.10.7(A)CorporatePark 1) The major components of the Corporate Park would be corporate offices, IT Park, BioTech Park, B.P.Os, R & D Centre, Trade and Exhibition Ground, Hotels/ Resorts/Holiday Cottage, SEZ/Film City/Sports City, Educational Institutes (professionals,collages,integratedresidentialschools),ConventionCentre,Religious buildings,CentralGovt.Offices/StateGovt.Office. 2) Housingforstaffforrespectiveinstitutionswithintheircampuseswillbepermitted. 3) ManufacturingunitwillnotbeallowedinCorporatePark.Anyothertradeoractivity involving any kind of obnoxious, hazardous, inflammable, non compatible and pollutingsubstanceorprocessshallnotbepermitted. Note: Any other major activity not mentioned above shall only be permitted by competent authority. 11.10.7(B)ProtectedForest Noactivitiesshallbeallowedinprotectedforest. 11.10.7(C)NaturalConservationArea NoactivitiesshallbeallowedinNaturalConservationArea(NCA)otherthanfollowing (I) AgricultureandHorticulture (II) Pesiculture (III) Socialforestry/plantationsincludingafforestation
1157
| 11.10.7(D)PermittedUsePremisesinEcologicalConservationZone
S.No. Activity 1 2 Agriculture BirdSanctuary MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters Definitions
UsePremises
3 4
Botanicalgarden Cremationandburial ground
1.0
18mtr.& above
A premise used form of a large park or forest for preservation and breeding of birds with all relatedfacilities A premise in the form of a garden with plantationforresearchandexhibition A premise with facilities of performing last ritesofdeadbookiesbyburning
Bird sanctuary, Watch & ward Residence (up to 30 sq.m), Residential flat (for maintenance staff),Retailshop,Restaurant
Burialground,Cremationground,Cemeteryand electric Crematorium, Retail shops of wood, Flowers and Related materials, Watch & ward Residence(upto30sq.m)
Forest
6 7
Governmentreserved area Orchard&nursery
Policepost
0.5ormaybe more 100(Diapering oftheavailability ofland) Asper requirementof concerned authority 0.10
12mtr.& above 18mtr.& above
Is a thick natural flora, it shall include city forest which may have part natural flora and partmanmadeflora A premises of government land for reserved Governmentreservedarea use A premise with facilities for rearing and sale of Nursery, Watch & ward Residence (upto 30 youngplants sq.m.), all structures shall be temporary in nature A premise having facilities for a local police Policepost,Essentialstaffhousing post of a temporary nature or on smaller scale ascomparedtoapoliceStation
Regionalpark
10
VillageAbadiExtension
A premise for residence of village people with Rural settlement and its planned growth within relatedfacilities. 500mfromabadilimit.
11 12
Waterbodies Wirelessand
12mtr.&
1158
|
S.No. Activity transmission Aquarium MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidth inMeters above Definitions

UsePremises
13
A premise in the form of a garden or park or aquarium with a collection of Animals, Species and birds for exhibition and study. It shall includeallrelatedfacilities
11.10.8TransitOrientedDevelopment(TOD) All the activities permissible in High Density Mixed Use Zone mentioned in 11.4.1 (C) will also be permitted in Transit Oriented Development (TOD)
11.10.9PermittedUsePremisesInRuralArea(PeripheralControlBelt)
S. No. 1 2 3 Activity Artandcrafttraining centre Bird/Veterinary hospital BusDepot MinimumArea Required(Ha) 1.0to1.5 0.05 0.5 RoadWidthin Meters 12mt&above 12mt&above 12mt&above A premises used by a public transport agency or any other such agency for parking maintenanceandrepairofbusesthismayor maynotincludeaworkshop. A premises where perishable commodities are stored in covered space using mechanical and electrical devices to maintaintherequiredtemperature,etc. It is a premise with facilities for rearing and processing of dairy products. It may have Bus depot, Workshop, Watch & ward Residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Soft drink & SnackstallandAdministrativeoffice. Coldstorage,Watch&wardresidence(upto 30sq.m.),caretakeroffice. Dairy farm, Watch & ward residence (up to 30sq.m.). Definitions UsePremises
4 5
Cattlemarket Coldstorage/milk chillingplan
4.0
12mt
Dairyfarm/plant
1.0to1.5
12mt&above
1159
|
S. No. Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) RoadWidthin Meters

Definitions temporary structure for sheds of animals andbirds. A cinema with facilities for projection of movies and stills for car audience including anauditoriumforotheraudience. An industrial premises used for carrying on industrial production or manufacturing and extractive and mining industry is a premises for carrying out quarrying and crushing of stone, Lime and brick kiln and extraction of subsoilmaterial,etc. Apremisesusedfortrainingandfunrideson gliders and other small aircrafts. it may include other activities like recreational club andindoorgames. A premise having facilities for detention, confinement and reform of criminals under thelaw. A premise for covered, semi covered or open storage including sale and purchase of wastegoods,commoditiesandmaterials. A premises Designed and Operated especially to cater to the Boarding, Lodging, RestandRecreationandRelatedactivitiesof travelersbyroad. UsePremises
DriveinCinema
ExtractiveIndustry
Driveincinema, Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Administrative office, Restaurant,Softdrink&Snackstall. ExtractiveandMiningindustry.
Flyingclub
1.0
18mt&above
10
Jail
Flying club, Watch & ward residence (up to 30 sq.m.), Residential flat (for maintenance staff), Swimming pool and Indoor and Outdoorgamesfacilities. Jail Junk yard, Watch & ward residence sales office. Motel
11
JunkYard
0.05to0.07
12mt&above
12
Motel
0.4
13
14 15
NationalCadetcorps, scouts,&guide trainingarea Naturopathy hospital/yogacentre Petrolpump
0.50ormaybemore
18mt&above
1.0 36mtx36mt
18mt&above 24mt&above A premise for sale of petroleum products to Petrol pump, Soft drink & Snack stall consumers. It may include servicing of Automobilerepairshop.
1160
|
S. No. 16 Activity MinimumArea Required(Ha) 1.0to1.5 RoadWidthin Meters

Definitions UsePremises
Piggery
17 18
Policestation Poultryfarm
0.05to0.10 1.0to1.5
12mt&above 18mt&above
19
Researchand developmentcentre
0.1
18mt.&above
automobiles. A premise with facilities for rearing and Piggeryshed,Watch wardresidence(upto processing of piggery products. It may have 30 sq.m.). all structures shall be temporary temporarystructureforshedsofpigs. innature. A premise having facilities for the offices of Policestation,Essentialstaffhousing localpolicestation. Itisapremise withfacilitiesforrearingbirds Poultry farm, watch and ward residence and production of eggs. It may have (upto 30 sq.m) all structures shall be temporarystructureforshedstobirds. temporaryinnature. A premise providing facilities for research Research and development Centre, watch anddevelopmentforanyspecificfield. and ward residence (upto 30 sq.m), residential staff (for maintenance staff), Hostel, Canteen, Bank Extension Counter, Library,postofficeextensionfacility.
20 21 22 23
Resorts SportsCity Storage/Perishable/ inflammablegoods VeterinaryHospital
1.0 50 1.0ormaybemore 0.20
18mt.&above 18mt.&above 18mt.&above 18mt.&above A premises providing treatment for indoor Veterinary hospital, Residential flat (for andoutdoorsickanimals. employees and service personnel), Institutional hostel, Veterinary college, Retail shop (confectionery, Grocery, General merchandise, Books & Stationery, Barber, Launderer). It is a premise with facilities for burying of Burial ground, Cremation ground, Cemetery deadbodies. and electric crematorium burial ground, Cremation ground, Cemetery and electric crematorium, Retail shops of wood, Flowers and related materials, Watch & ward Residence(upto30sq.m.)
24
BurialGrounds/ Cremationsite
ThesiteforBurial grounds/ Cremationsiteshall beindentifiedatsuch locationswhichare notinproximitiesto residentialareas.
1161
|
S. No. 25 Activity

MinimumArea RoadWidthin Definitions UsePremises Required(Ha) Meters In addition to 124 above, agriculture, horticulture, social forestry, sanitary landfill site/compost processing plant, farm house outside abadi areas, wireless station/weather station, telephone and electric transmission lines and poles, power substation/water works/treatment plants and expansion of existing village within500mofabadilimitwillbepermitted.
11.10.10 The Permission of Use premises in following use zone shall be governed by the specific function of the use zone: Hotel/Heritage Hotel, Historical Monument, Rail Terminal, Rail Circulation, Bus Terminal & Depot, Road Circulation, MultiModal Transit Station (MMTS), Regional Rapid Transit Station (RRTS), Water, Sewerage, Electricity, Solid Waste, Drain, Government Reserved Area, CremationandBurialGround,Religious,WaterBody NOTE:Incaseofanydoubt,thepermissibilityofusepremisesshallbedecidedbythecompetentauthority
1162

Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan 2031

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Greater Bhiwadi Master Plan 2031

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GovernmentofRajasthan

Dr.RamaSeshu Prof.J.H.Ansari Dr.SayeedAnjum K.J.V.RamanaRao Ms.UvikaGupta SureshChanderKashyap GroupeSCEIndiaPvt.Ltd.

S.Brinda DavidMoszkowicz Y.S.Uday

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7

5.2.5 5.2.6 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3

44 45 47 48 519 520 521 523 524 524 525 525 82

910 910 911 911 912 914 915 916

PermittedUsePremisesinSpecialUseZone CorporatePark ProtectedForest NaturalConservationArea

CompositionofTrafficatIntersections VehicleOwnership Distributionoftripsaccordingtopurpose Distributionoftripsaccordingtomodalchoice

9.6 9.7 10.1 10.2 1.1 1.2 4.1

916 917 104 1011 13 17 42

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

Fig.1.2: NCR - PROPOSED SETTLEMENT PATTERN

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

%GrowthRate 26.6 50.0 70.8

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

Average Household Size 6.9 6.5 5.6 5.2

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

SexRatio(06years) 903 870

Total 60.40% 61.70% 63.99% 80.80%

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

2001 78.47 44.06 63.99

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

Year 1981 1991 2001

Population 59272 88881 151844

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

15848 100.0 26463 100.0 52357

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

2006 1079 225 58 1362

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

Table3.4:GrowthofIndustriesinGreaterBhiwadiComplex Year 1997 2003 2006 2009

NumberofUnits 724 1280 1362 2453

Bhiwadi Kahrani Chaupanki Khushkhera IID Khuskhera Tapookara Sarekhurd

1976 2009 1996 1995 1995 2007 1995

2138.63 1217 802 825.83 151.77 781.44 94.59

1509.96 615 495.97 675.9 99.5 670.62 75.58

1701 249 1107 1017 479 22 61

1670 97 1030 946 383 9 55

0 19.93 8.96 13.14 64.19 4.99

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

46 55 28 75 38 126 11 74 32 51 18 87 8 45 34 75 567 1455

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031

MASTER PLAN FOR GREATER BHIWADI-2031